martini - outdoor 2015

474
OUTDOOR 2015

Upload: -

Post on 22-Jul-2016

250 views

Category:

Documents


4 download

DESCRIPTION

 

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Martini - Outdoor 2015

ouTdooR 2015

Page 2: Martini - Outdoor 2015

OUTDOOR 2015

Page 3: Martini - Outdoor 2015

2

INDEX

GENERAL INDEX

PRODUCTSLIST

Product indexThe companyHD retina LEDProductsPolesConnection systemsLight control systemsList of lampsVandal-proof screws kitBasic lighting technology principlesLighting pollutionLED technologyCatalogue guideSymbols usedStandards and certificationsPhoto references

48

1016

434440442446452456457458462464468470

StralisLuxAveplaneMoove IP65MartinoNew SelvaAvelineLyraOsio PilWalkie TalkiePorfidoBrikkoWalkie CarPianaRoofPinsNetworkStepSet IP65Perla IP65TotemMoonBasketEgoCeppo/SpilloLucylle

Fratto Q/Fratto PlusRigaFixZenPipePilo/PilaBicuboWallyLarsGiuliusEdoDropStripled TubeInoxaNoviLeanDemiBellNaxosSeaHonoAcutoSquadraNodAlmira

162068727680869498

110142146150160166172178182186190194204208212220224

228234238242246250260266270274278282288296300314330340362376386396402420430

Page 4: Martini - Outdoor 2015

3

ALPHABETICALPRODUCTS INDEX

AcutoAlmiraAvelineAveline MiniAveplaneBasketBellBell/Twin 4 armBicuboBrikkoCeppo/SpilloDemiDropEdoEgoEgo MarbleFixFratto Q/Fratto PlusFratto QFratto PlusGiuliusHonoInoxaLarsLeanLean HantLucylleLux 98Lux 180/260Lux 350/400Lux 350/400Twin 1 armsLux 350/400Twin 2 armsLux 350/400Twin 3 armsLux 350/400Perfect 2 mount

LyraMartinoMinitotemMoonMoove IP65NaxosNaxos/Twin 4 armNetworkNew SelvaNodNovi 620Novi 450Novi 380Novi poleOsio PilPerla IP65PianaPilaPilo 168/125Pilo UpPinsPipePorfidoRigaRoof IP65Roof LEDSeaSet IP65SquadraSquadra/bilicoSquadra/Type-1 armSquadra/Type-2 armSquadra/Type-3 armStepStralisStripled TubeTotemWalkie Car 230/300

Walkie Car Path MarkerWalkie Talkie 50Walkie Talkie 90Walkie Talkie 150Walkie Talkie RectangularWalkie Talkie RGBWalkie Talkie ColourWalkie Talkie Path MarkerWallyZen

396430

869068

208340358260146220330282278216214238228230232274386296270314326224

22263856

60

62

66

9476

200204

72362372178

80420302304308310

98190160258252256172246142234168170376186402410414416418182

16288194152

158112116120132134138140266242

Page 5: Martini - Outdoor 2015

4

PRODUCTS INDEX

Spotlights

Profiles

Floor-recessedwalk-over

Floor-recesseddrive-overs

Recessed wall-mounted

Recessed ceiling-mounted

Floor-standing fixtures

Stralispage 16

Avelinepage 88

Walkie Talkie 50/90/150

page 112

Walkie Car230/300

page 152

Set IP65page 186

Totempage 196

Moonpage 204

Basketpage 208

Egopage 216

Walkie CarPath Marker

page 158

Walkie Talkie50/90/150

page 112

Perla IP65page 190

Roof IP65page 168

Walkie Talkie50/90/150

page 112

Roof LEDpage 170

Pinspage 172

Networkpage 178

Walkie Talkie RGB 

page 134

Walkie Talkie Colour 

page 138

Walkie Talkie Path Marker

page 140

Porfidopage 142

Aveline Minipage 90

Lyrapage 94

Osio Pilpage 100

Lux 98page 22

Lux 180/260page 26

Lux 350/400Twin 1-2-3page 52

Lux 350/400Perfect 2page 66

Lux 350/400page 38

Pinspage 172

Ego Marblepage 214

Minitotempage 200

Pianapage 160

Page 6: Martini - Outdoor 2015

5

Ceppo/Spillopage 220

Lucyllepage 224

Fratto Qpage 230

Rigapage 234

Steppage 182

Brikkopage 146

Aveplanepage 68

Martinopage76

Moove IP65page 72

New Selvapage 80

Osio Pilpage 100

Fratto Pluspage 232

Pila 168page 258

Page 7: Martini - Outdoor 2015

6

PRODUCTS INDEX

Wall-mounted fixtures

Wall-mounted luminous-effect fixtures

Ceiling fixtures

Pendant fixtures

Fixtures for urban areas

Stralispage 16

Pipepage 246

Larspage 270

Pilapage 258

Bicubopage 260

Pilopage 252

Giuliuspage 274

Edopage 278

Droppage 282

Stripled Tubepage 288

Egopage 216

Pilo Uppage 256

Pipepage 246

Pilapage 258

Egopage 216

Leanpage 316

Novi620/450/380page 302

Lean Hantpage 326

Demipage 330

Bellpage 340

Bell / Twin 4page 358

Polespage 434

Almirapage 430

Lux 98page 22

Lux 180/260page 26

Lux 350/400page 38

Aveplanepage 68

Moove IP65page 72

Fixpage 238

Zenpage 242

Wallypage 266

Novi polepage 310

Page 8: Martini - Outdoor 2015

7

Fixpage 238

Zenpage 242

Leanpage 316

Bellpage 340

Naxospage 362

Seapage 376

Squadrapage 402

Novi polepage 310

Inoxapage 296

Inoxapage 296

Naxospage 362

Seapage 376

Honopage 386

Squadra Type-1/2/3 arm page 414

Nodpage 420

Acutopage 396

Martinopage 76

Avelinepage 88

Aveline Minipage 90

Lyrapage 94

Osio Pilpage 106

Bicubopage 260

Squadra / Bilicopage 410

Page 9: Martini - Outdoor 2015

8

Page 10: Martini - Outdoor 2015

9

THE COMPANY

Martini’s roots go back as far as 1925, when the father of today’s Chairman first founded Martini Timoteo, from which in 1971 Martini SpA. then originated. For years, the company expresses itself through light, speaking a contemporary indoor and outdoor architecture and design language. A universal language that knows no boundaries and which stands out for its international flavour. Thanks to the competence acquired and the extremely high level of research, the company is able to accompany the client through all stages of a lighting project: from its design through to its development, recommending the right products for each environment and developing projects the world over. As from 2013, the new Company Mission is to search for the quality of light and to improve the contexts in which man lives and moves. Martini SpA. seeks to design new environments through light, placing man at the top, with his needs for customisation and his innermost desires. The company today has become specialised in 5 essential market segments that embrace the daily lives of each of us: retail, hospitality, residential, office and urban. Our shops, hotels, homes, offices and urban contexts.Martini SpA. also looks towards new contexts and new frontiers in the world of lighting, presenting a series of new products, and a revolutionary LED product, the HD Retina.

Page 11: Martini - Outdoor 2015

10

HD RETINA LED

Martini history starts long time ago - in 1925 - when the father of the present Company President, founded “Martini Timoteo” (this is the old name), from which Martini SpA. took life in 1971. Since that, Martini has never stopped its growth, laying the foundations of the success coming from the projects and activities of the Company even now. The secret? Strong emphasis on innovation, research and experimentation. Applying a technology is not enough: it’s necessary to study, refine and translate it into innovative solutions.

In this way, from the very beginning, Martini got a leadership role in the market and made its position even stronger when it started using LEDs. While this technology was still at the very beginning, Martini carried out studies and researches to explore its potential and deepening research areas and issues the competitors were not even considering, yet.While most manufacturers were still using the multichip LEDs with lenses solutions, Martini has been among the first companies in the world to use COB (chip on board) with reflectors and printing a new catalogue – Youled – entirely dedicated to this technology.While adopting the COB technology, in 2010 Martini was the first Company to build special heat sinks dedicated to COB LEDs: a significant step ahead in the direction of LED safety that confirms the scientific approach used by the Company was the right one. Improving LED technology showed also new scenarios of applications: in this case Martini was among the first companies to consider the use of LEDs for indoor applications.

The Company was also ahead in building COB LEDs with a very high color rendering index and high power; between 2010 and 2011, the Company was the first that presented a 50W COB LED with a 97 color rendering index (measured on a 15 colors scale instead of the usual 8 colors). Designed by Giorgio Martini, this LED is still the one having the highest color rendering index available on the market. Step by step, innovation after innovation, during the years Martini reached a level of excellence in its technology and got the position as one of the worldwide leading companies in the lighting technology area.Nevertheless Martini never stopped. After more than three years of study and research, in 2013 the Company introduced HD Retina, a new high-definition LED source, with the aim to bring into the market something completely new. The concept, developed from a vice-president Giorgio Martini’s idea, is a total innovation: Hd Retina is inspired by the human mind capability to perceives and rebuilds colors. The new technology has been designed to render the colors as the ones the human memory associates to the familiar objects, making them delightful and pleasant to the eyes. This excellent result is obtained through an excellent and balanced saturation of warm and cool colors at the same time, while keeping a very high quality of white. Breaking away from the CRI and CQS metrics, Hd Retina is designed to recreate natural light, as close as possible to what the eyes perceives as ideal and pleasant (corresponding to the light “at sunrise and sunset” and more precisely to a color temperature between 3500K and 3700K). Ideal for general lighting, Hd Retina is a custom solution dedicated to architects, designers and lighting designer which is applicable to most of the indoor Martini products with COB technology.

Hd Retina allows the human eyes to perceive and emphasize the character of the colors making the whole areas pleasant and harmonious.Hd Retina is a Martini important milestone, but it is not the final one. It is indeed a new beginning, a new start, a further incentive to look forward: being cutting edge, innovation, research and development of new solutions for customers, are all factors part of Martini DNA. All these are values that give the Company the right confidence to look to the future and keep the pace to be a market leader.

Always, light pioneers

Page 12: Martini - Outdoor 2015

11

3000K RA/CRI: 97 3000K RA/CRI: 97

HD RETINA LED HD RETINA LED

4000K RA/CRI: 80 4000K RA/CRI: 80

Page 13: Martini - Outdoor 2015

12

Page 14: Martini - Outdoor 2015

13

Page 15: Martini - Outdoor 2015

14

Page 16: Martini - Outdoor 2015

15

Page 17: Martini - Outdoor 2015

16 / 17

Page 18: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Martini StaffSTRALIS

Page 19: Martini - Outdoor 2015

18

116879

STRALIS

www.martinilight.com/stralis-outdoor

Body

A compact spotlight with an aluminium body and adjustable steel bracket. Anodised and coated. Supplied with polycarbonate closing screen that guarantees an IP67 protection rating.

Light sources

One 1W LED available in the WW (Warm White, 3150K) or CW (Cool White, 6050K), blue, amber, green or red versions. One 3W LED available in the WW (Warm White, 3150K), CW (Cool White, 6050K) or blue version.One 3W RGB LED.One 6W COB LED available in the NW (Neutral White, 4000K) and WW (Warm White, 3000K) CRI>80 versions, and in the WP (Warm White Plus, 2950K) CRI 97 version.

Emissions

Available with 9° or 63° beam angle for the 1W and 3W versions, and 23° beam angle for the RGB version. Versions with 6W COB LED available with 32° and 58° beam angle.

Power supply

Electronic control gear available as an accessory.

Accessories

Electronic control gears available with various wattages and IP ratings.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

Satin-finish whiteGreyCorten finish

spotlight

• 180° spotlight rotation

white red green amber blue RGB

LEDs

Page 20: Martini - Outdoor 2015

19

scalato 30%

Stralis 6W

11

IP67

68 79

WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / K 3150CW (Cool White): CRI >80 / K 6050

WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / K 3150CW (Cool White): CRI >80 / K 6050

Light source Wattage lm Code Code

Warm white LED 1W 75 76640. _ _ WW 76630. _ _ WW

Cool white 110 76640. _ _ CW 76630. _ _ CW

Blue 20 76641. _ _ 76631. _ _

Amber 50 76642. _ _ 76632. _ _ Green 80 76644. _ _ 76634. _ _ Red 50 76645. _ _ 76635. _ _

Stralis 3W 9° beam 63° beam

Stralis 1W 9° beam 63° beam

Light source Wattage Beam Code

LEDs 6W 32° 76623. _ _ NW / WW / WP

58° 76625. _ _ NW / WW / WP

Light source Wattage Beam Code

RGB LED* max. 3W 23° 76638. _ _

700mA constant current

350mA constant current

12V constant voltage

12V constant voltage

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 450 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 420 / K 3000WP (Warm White Plus): CRI 97 / lm 315 / K 2950

Light source Wattage lm Code Code

LED Warm white 3W 130 76646. _ _WW 76636. _ _ WW

Cool white 190 76646. _ _CW 76636. _ _ CW

Blue 35 76647. _ _ 76637. _ _

Colour identification to be added to the code

Configured for installation on walls, ceilings and floors.*DMX512 colour control system, see page 438

IP67 electronic control gear (suitable for controlling max. 2 LEDs) 134×40.5×H31code 33086.00

→ Stralis 6W

→ Stralis 1W, 3WIP67 electronic control gear230-240/12VDC 70W (suitable for controlling 15 luminaires with 3W LEDs or 28 luminaires with 1W LEDs)250×75×H50code 38933.00

IP20 electronic control gear 230-240/12VDC 15W (suitable for controlling 3 luminaires with 3W LEDs or 6 luminaires with 1W LEDs)118×38.5×H28code 38919.00

Accessories

ø39×79×H91 kg0.40

RGB: lm 95

Page 21: Martini - Outdoor 2015

20 / 21

Page 22: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Luca TrazziLUX

Page 23: Martini - Outdoor 2015

22

1 2

8632

79

11

LUX 98

www.martinilight.com/lux

Body

Truncated cone body and die-cast aluminium bezel, tempered protective glass, sheet steel supporting bracket, extruded aluminium control gear compartment closed with two gaskets and die-cast aluminium end caps secured with four screws each. Rotates 360° freely around the horizontal axis, and 240° freely around the vertical axis.

Light sources

Mini Master Colour 20W metal halide lamps. Version mounting 6 white LEDs (9W) available with NW (Neutral White, 4200K) and WW (Warm White, 3000K) colour temperature.COB LED (13W) version available in the NW (Neutral White, 4000K) and WW (Warm White, 3000K) CRI>80 colour temperature.

Emissions

Spot, medium and flood optics available for all versions.

Power supply

Integrated electronic control gear for metal halide and LED versions.

Accessories

Mounting plate for wall or floor and wall-mounting rod.→ see page 36

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

Satin-finish whiteTextured greyAnthracite greyCorten finish

spotlight

Lux

98 M

H

1. Horizontal projection (360°)

2. Vertical projection (240°)

Page 24: Martini - Outdoor 2015

23

Spot optic

Suitable for illuminating small architectural details: pinnacles, domes and capitals.

Flood optic

Suitable for illuminating small surfaces in a uniform manner: monuments, fountains and ornamental gardens.

6-LED (NW)

MH Mini Master Colour 20W PGJ5

COB LED (NW) 13W

COB LED (NW) 13W

Types of optics

L Ø Emed

3.00 0.62 615

L Ø Emed

3.00 0.63 808

L Ø Emed

3.00 1.12 300

L Ø Emed

3.00 2.16 142

6-LED (NW)

MH Mini Master Colour 20W PGJ5

L Ø Emed

3.00 2.18 84

L Ø Emed

3.00 2.24 113

L= Distance of the spotlight from the wall [m]Ø= Diameter of the illuminated surface [m]Emed= Mean illuminance [lux]

Page 25: Martini - Outdoor 2015

24

Page 26: Martini - Outdoor 2015

25

scalato 12,5%

86 79

scalato 12,5%

IP65

IP65

IP65

11 32

scalato 12,5% scalato 12,5%

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

scalato 12,5%

*body ø98×104base 65×H340

*body ø98×104base 65×H275

**body ø98×104base 65×H626

**body ø98×104base 65×H595

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 680 / K 4200WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 600 / K 3000

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 1530 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 1450 / K 3000

Luminaire equipped with a pre-assembled power cable (L=2m).Removing the spike allows for installing the luminaire on the floor or wall.* Cable exit on side** Cable exit on bottom

Light source Wattage Fitting Optic kg Code kg Code

MH Mini Master Colour 20W PGJ5 Spot 2.00 75653. _ _ 5.00 75676. _ _Flood 75654. _ _ 75678. _ _

Light source Wattage Optic kg Code kg Code

6 White LEDs 6W Spot 4.00 75640. _ _ NW / WW 5.00 75645. _ _ NW / WW

Medium 75641. _ _ NW / WW 75646. _ _ NW / WW

Flood 75642. _ _ NW / WW 75647. _ _ NW / WW

Light source Wattage Optic kg Code

LEDs 13W Spot 4.00 79020. _ _ NW / WW

Medium 79021. _ _ NW / WW

Wide 79022. _ _ NW / WW

Lux 98 Metal halide base without spike base with spike

base without spike base with spikeLux 98 LED

Lux 98 LED COB

Mounting plate for installation on floor or wall code 75778. _ _

Mounting plate for installation on wall for codes 75653, 75654, 75640, 75641, 75642 code 75772.11 code 75772.68 code 75772.79code 75772.86

Accessories

base without spike

base without spike base with spike

*body ø98×104base 65×H340

Colour identification to be added to the code

Page 27: Martini - Outdoor 2015

26

1 2 3

8632

79

11

www.martinilight.com/lux

Lux

260

MH

Lux

180

MH

Body

Truncated cone body and die-cast aluminium bezel, tempered protective glass, sheet steel supporting bracket, extruded aluminium control gear compartment closed with two gaskets and die-cast aluminium end caps secured with four screws each. Rotates 360° freely around the horizontal axis, and 240° freely around the vertical axis.

Light sources

Available with metal halide lamps, Mini Master Colour CDM-R111, and TC-TE compact fluorescent lamps.Mounts 12 or 24 white LEDs, available in the NW (Neutral White, 4200K) and WW (Warm White, 3000K) versions. Mounts 7 or 16 Dynamic White LEDs, 7 or 16 RGBW LEDs.COB LED (23W, 31W and 51W) version available with NW (Neutral White, 4000K) and WW (Warm White, 3000K) CRI>80 colour temperature.

Emissions

Super-spot, spot, medium and flood integrated optics available for all versions.

Power supply

Integrated electromagnetic or electronic control gear.

Accessories

Base, bracket or mounting plate for installation on floor or wall, wall-mounting rod, spike, protective grille, ring baffle, coloured or elliptical projection dichroic filter, glare-reducing visor and cable gland.→ see page 36

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

Satin-finish whiteTextured greyAnthracite greyCorten finish

1. Horizontal projection (360°)

2. Vertical projection (240°)

3. Easy access to the lamp compartment

LUX 180/260spotlight

Page 28: Martini - Outdoor 2015

27

Page 29: Martini - Outdoor 2015

28

MH 35 W G12

Spot optic

Suitable for illuminating large details: monuments, fountains and gardens.

Flood optic

Suitable for illuminating small surfaces in a uniform manner: facades, large green spaces and large architectural constructions.

L= Distance of the spotlight from the wall [m]Ø= Diameter of the illuminated surface [m]Emed= Mean illuminance [lux]

L Ø Emed

3.00 0.38 4232

L Ø Emed

3.00 0.62 1229

L Ø Emed

3.00 2.18 167

L Ø Emed

3.00 0.94 872

L Ø Emed

3.00 1.14 377

L Ø Emed

3.00 2.84 130

L Ø Emed

3.00 2.04 277

Super-spot optic

Suitable for illuminating architectural details: pinnacles, domes and capitals.

Types of optic for Lux 180

COB LED (NW) 23W

COB LED (NW) 23W

12-LED (NW)

MH 35W G12

12-LED (NW)

MH 35W G12

Page 30: Martini - Outdoor 2015

29

MH 70W G12

24-LED (NW)

24-LED (NW)

MH 70W G12

MH 35W G12

Spot optic

Suitable for illuminating large details: monuments, fountains and gardens.

Flood optic

Suitable for illuminating small surfaces in a uniform manner: facades, large green spaces and large architectural constructions.

L= Distance of the spotlight from the wall [m]Ø= Diameter of the illuminated surface [m]Emed= Mean illuminance [lux]

L Ø Emed

3.00 0.30 18948

L Ø Emed

3.00 0.62 2843

L Ø Emed

3.00 2.18 427

L Ø Emed

3.00 0.62 2709

L Ø Emed

3.00 2.10 318

L Ø Emed

3.00 1.10 1979

L Ø Emed

3.00 2.54 496

L Ø Emed

3.00 0.88 1889

L Ø Emed

3.00 2.12 350

Super-spot optic

Suitable for illuminating architectural details: pinnacles, domes and capitals.

Types of optic for Lux 260

COB LED (NW) 31W

COB LED (NW) 31W

COB LED (NW) 51W

COB LED (NW) 51W

Page 31: Martini - Outdoor 2015

30

Page 32: Martini - Outdoor 2015

31

Page 33: Martini - Outdoor 2015

32

disegniscalati del 12,5%

IP65

IP65

IP65

IP65

DW (Dynamic White): CRI <80 / lm 1820 / K 2700-6000

86 7911 32

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

disegniscalati del 12,5%

Luminaire equipped with a pre-assembled power cable (L=2m).* Cable exit on side** DMX-RDM colour control system, see page 442

Colour identification to be added to the code

Light source Wattage Optic kg Code

12 White LEDs 12W Spot 3.00 78810. _ _ NW / WW

Medium 78811. _ _ NW / WW

Flood 78812. _ _ NW / WW

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 1360 / K 4200WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 1200 / K 3000

Lux 180 White LED

disegniscalati del 12,5%

ø167×175

Lux 180 Dynamic White LED**Light source Wattage Optic kg Code

7 White LEDs 36W Medium 8.00 80080. _ _ DW

Flood 80081. _ _ DW

RGBW: lm 1590

Light source Wattage Optic kg Code

LEDs 23W Spot 3.00 79024. _ _ NW / WW

Medium 79025. _ _ NW / WW

Wide 79026. _ _ NW / WW

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 2580 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 2420 / K 3000

Lux 180 LED COB

Light source Wattage Optic kg Code

7 RGBW LEDs 29W Medium 8.00 75590. _ _ RGBW

Flood 75591. _ _ RGBW

Lux 180 RGBW LED**

*body ø167×175base 90×H400

ø167×175

Page 34: Martini - Outdoor 2015

33

IP65

disegniscalati del 12,5%

IP65

IP65

IP65

IP65

disegniscalati del 8%

e poi ridotto all’83%

disegniscalati del 8%

86 7911 32

175

900

Ø 167

175

900

300

Ø 167

 230V / 50Hz

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

 230V / 50Hz

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

Luminaire equipped with a pre-assembled power cable (L=2m).* Cable exit on side

Light source Wattage Fitting Optic kg Code

MH 35W G12 Super-Spot 5.50 75406. _ _Spot 5.50 75407. _ _Flood 5.50 75408. _ _

70W Super-Spot 5.80 75409. _ _Spot 5.80 75410. _ _Flood 5.80 75411. _ _

Light source Wattage Fitting Optic kg Code

Mini Master Colour 20W PGJ5 Super-Spot 5.30 75412. _ _Spot 75413. _ _Flood 75414. _ _

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

MH Master Colour CDM-R111 35W GX8.5 5.80 75418. _ _70W 75415. _ _

Lux 180 Metal halide

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

FL TC-TE 18W GX24q2 7.00 75403. _ _

Buried pole

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

FL TC-TE 18W GX24q2 7.00 75404. _ _

Pole with anchoring plate

Lux 180 Bollard

Lux 180 Bollard

Colour identification to be added to the code

*body ø167×175base 90×H230

body ø167×175 pole H900 (+300 buried)

body ø167×175 pole H900

Page 35: Martini - Outdoor 2015

34

scalato 12,5%

IP65  220-240V / 50-60Hz

ø260×269×H280

ø260×269×H280

ø260×269×H280

IP65

IP65

scalato 12,5%

86 7911 32

ø260×269×H280

scalato 12,5%

IP65

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

 230V / 50Hz

IP65  220-240V / 50-60Hz

scalato 12,5%

Luminaire equipped with a pre-assembled power cable (L=2m).* DMX-RDM colour control system, see page 442

Colour identification to be added to the code

Light source Wattage Fitting Optic kg Code

MH 35W G12 Super-Spot 7.00 75422. _ _Spot 75423. _ _Flood 75424. _ _

70W Super-Spot 75425. _ _Spot 75426. _ _Flood 75427. _ _

Lux 260 Metal halide

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 3550 / K 4200WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 3120 / K 3000

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 3710-6670 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 3520-6390 / K 3000

Light source Wattage Optic kg Code

24 White LEDs 30W Spot 6.00 78820. _ _ NW / WW

Medium 78821. _ _ NW / WW

Flood 78822. _ _ NW / WW

Light source Wattage Optic kg Code

LEDs 31W Spot 6.00 79000. _ _ NW / WW

Medium 79001. _ _ NW / WW

Wide 79002. _ _ NW / WW

51W Spot 79003. _ _ NW / WW

Medium 79004. _ _ NW / WW

Wide 79005. _ _ NW / WW

Lux 260 Dynamic White LED*Light source Wattage Optic kg Code

16 White LEDs 68W Medium 6.00 80082. _ _ DW

Flood 80083. _ _ DW

DW (Dynamic White): CRI <80 / lm 4160 / K 2700-6000

Lux 260 RGBW LED*

RGBW: lm 3630

Light source Wattage Optic kg Code

16 RGBW LEDs 66W Medium 6.00 75592. _ _ RGBW

Flood 75593. _ _ RGBW

Lux 260 White LED

Lux 260 COB LED

Page 36: Martini - Outdoor 2015

35

Page 37: Martini - Outdoor 2015

36

Spikecode 75475.00

Protective grillecode 75474.00

Glare-reducing visorcode 75476._ _

Ring baffle(for MH lamp only)code 75473.00

Wall-mounting rodcode 75471.11 code 75471.68code 75471.86code 75471.79

Mounting plate for installation on wall or floorcode 75478._ _

IP65 sealed mounting block forinstallation on wall or floorcode 75470.11code 75470.68code 75470.86code 75470.79

Bracket for floor installation(to be used in conjunction with spike in green areas)code 75479._ _

M16×1.5 cable glandcode 91056.00

Wall-mounting bracketcode 75472._ _

Bracket for installation on wall or floor code 75477._ _

Elliptical projection glasscode 75508.00

Dichroic coloured filtersBlue code 92822.00Yellow code 92823.00Green code 92824.00Red code 92825.00

Accessories for 180/260

→ Lux 180

→ Lux 180

→ Lux 180

Page 38: Martini - Outdoor 2015

37

86 7911 32

Dichroic coloured filtersBlue code 92826.00Yellow code 92827.00Green code 92828.00Red code 92829.00

Ring baffle (limitation of direct emission, for Super-Spot optics only)code 75480.00

Elliptical projection glasscode 75604.00

Glare-reducing visorcode 75483._ _

Spikecode 75482.00

Mounting plate for installation on wall or floor code 75484._ _

Protective grillecode 75481.00

Elliptical screencode 93555.00

→ Lux 260 LED COB

Colour identification to be added to the code

→ Lux 260 LED→ Lux 260

→ Lux 260

Page 39: Martini - Outdoor 2015

38

1 2 3 4

www.martinilight.com/lux

1. Water drainage system

2. Vertical projection (240°)

3. Easy access to the lamp compartment

4. Heat sink

8632

79

11

Body

Die-cast aluminium body and closing glass bezel. The tempered safety glass is fixed to the bezel, while the spotlight's steel fixing bracket is hinged to the body with two stainless steel screws.

Light sources

Metal halide and high-pressure sodium lamps (70W to 400W). Mounts 36 or 48 white LEDs, available in the NW (Neutral White, 4200K) and WW (Warm White, 3000K) versions. Mounts 24 Dynamic White LEDs, or 24 RGBW LEDs. COB LED version for Lux 350 (78W) available in the NW (Neutral White, 4000K) and WW (Warm White, 3000K) CRI>80 versions.

Emissions

Super-spot, spot, medium and flood emission available depending on the versions.

Power supply

Power factor corrected integrated electromagnetic control gears for metal halide and high-pressure sodium versions. Integrated electronic control gear for LED versions.

Accessories

Wall-/floor-mounting bracket, spike, elliptical projection glass, coloured dichroic filters, protective grille, ring baffle and glare-reducing visor.→ see page 36

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

Satin-finish whiteTextured greyAnthracite greyCorten finish

LUX 350/400spotlight

Lux

400

Lux

350

Page 40: Martini - Outdoor 2015

39

Page 41: Martini - Outdoor 2015

40

Spot optic

Suitable for illuminating large details: monuments, fountains and gardens.

Flood optic

Suitable for illuminating large surfaces in a uniform manner; facades, large green areas and large architectural constructions.

Super-spot optic

Suitable for illuminating architectural details from far away: pinnacles, statues and capitals.

L Ø Emed

3.00 2.18 641

L Ø Emed

3.00 2.54 661

L Ø Emed

3.00 2.24 911

36-LED (NW)

COB LED (NW) 78W

MH 150W G12

MH 150W G12L Ø Emed

3.00 0.36 33659

36-LED (NW)

MH 150W G12

COB LED (NW) 78W

L Ø Emed

3.00 0.62 4269

L Ø Emed

3.00 0.94 4550

L Ø Emed

3.00 1.14 2622

Types of optic for Lux 350

Page 42: Martini - Outdoor 2015

41

Street optic

The street optic is designed and manufactured to concentrate most of the light flow onto the underlying road surface, resulting in a reduced number of installations and lower maintenance and electricity costs.The optical system allows for obtaining high and uniform levels of luminance on the road, while limiting the amount of glare.

MH 150W RX7s-24H B I Lm Uo UL TI

7.50 6.00 24.00 1.30 0.40 0.50 3Lighting category: ME3c

Road surface C2, q0=0.070H= Luminaire height [m]B= Road width [m]I= Distance between poles [m]Lm= Mean maintained luminance [cd/m2]Uo= General uniformity of luminanceUL= Longitudinal uniformity of luminanceTI= Physiological glare index [%]Em= Mean illuminance [lx] Emin= Minimum illuminance [lx]

L= Distance of the spotlight from the wall [m]Ø= Diameter of the illuminated surface [m]Emed= Mean illuminance [lux]

Flood optic

Suitable for illuminating small surfaces in a uniform manner: facades, large green spaces and large architectural constructions.

Spot optic

Suitable for illuminating large details: monuments, fountains and gardens.

Types of optic for Lux 400

MH-T 250W E40L Ø Emed

3.00 1.05 5068

MH-T 250W E40L Ø Emed

3.00 1.95 1314

Page 43: Martini - Outdoor 2015

42

Page 44: Martini - Outdoor 2015

43

Page 45: Martini - Outdoor 2015

44

scalato 12,5%da rivedere la scalamancano dei pezzi

scalato 12,5%da rivedere la scalamancano dei pezzi

scalato 12,5 %da rivedere la scala in relazione agli altri LUX di dimensione diversa

IP65

IP65

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

ø350×357×H390

ø350×357×H390

ø350×357×H390

IP65

IP65

86 7911 32

Luminaire equipped with a pre-assembled power cable (L=2m).* DMX-RDM colour control system, see page 442

Colour identification to be added to the code

Light source Wattage Optic kg Code

36 White LEDs 45W Spot 8.00 78830. _ _ NW / WW

Medium 78831. _ _ NW / WW

Flood 78832. _ _ NW / WW

Lux 350 White LED

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 5330 / K 4200WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 4680 / K 3000

Lux 350 Dynamic White LED*

DW (Dynamic White): CRI <80 / lm 6240 / K 2700-6000

Light source Wattage Optic kg Code

24 White LEDs 105W Medium 8.00 80084. _ _ DW

Flood 80085. _ _ DW

Lux 350 RGBW LED*Light source Wattage Optic kg Code

24 RGBW LEDs 98W Medium 8.00 75594. _ _ RGBW

Flood 75595. _ _ RGBW

Light source Wattage Optic kg Code

LEDs 78W Spot 8.00 79006. _ _ NW / WW

Medium 79007. _ _ NW / WW

Wide 79008. _ _ NW / WW

Lux 350 COB LED

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 9600 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 9200 / K 3000

RGBW: CRI <80 / lm 5450 / K 2700-6000

0.083 m2

0.083 m2

0.083 m2

0.083 m2

Page 46: Martini - Outdoor 2015

45

scalato 12,5%

scalato 12,5%

scalato 12,5%

IP65

ø387×461×H460

86 7911 32

 230V / 50Hz

 230V / 50HzIP65

ø350×357×H390

IP65  230V / 50Hz

IP65  230V / 50Hz

ø387×416×H442

Luminaire equipped with a pre-assembled power cable (L=2m).*OSRAM HQI-T 400/N/SI CL 3.25 A lamp. Martini code 4.96095.57Colour variations may occur when operated vertically with the mounting element facing downwards.

Light source Wattage Fitting Optic kg Code

MH-T* 400W E40 Spot 16.0 75469. _ _Flood 75467. _ _

Light source Wattage Fitting Optic kg Code

MH-T/SHP-T 100W E40 Spot 13.5 75461. _ _MH-T 150W 14.0 75463. _ _SPH-T 150W 14.0 75457. _ _MH-T 250W 15.0 75465. _ _

MH-T/SHP-T 100W E40 Flood 13.5 75462. _ _MH-T 150W 14.1 75464. _ _SPH-T 150W 15.0 75458. _ _MH-T 250W 15.0 75466. _ _

Colour identification to be added to the code

Lux 400 Metal halide

Light source Wattage Fitting Optic kg Code

MH-T 70W E27 Super-Spot 10.5 75445. _ _MH 150W G12 11.0 75430. _ _MH 250W G12 12.0 75433. _ _

MH-T 70W E27 Spot 10.5 75446. _ _SHP-T 70W E27 10.5 75443. _ _MH 150W G12 11.0 75431. _ _MH 250W G12 12.0 75434. _ _

MH-T 70W E27 Flood 10.5 75447. _ _SHP-T 70W E27 10.5 75444. _ _MH 150W G12 11.0 75432. _ _MH 250W G12 12.0 75435. _ _

MH/SHP 70W RX7s Asymmetrical 10.5 75450. _ _150W RX7s-24 11.0 75451. _ _

MH/SHP 70W RX7s Street lighting 10.5 75448. _ _150W RX7s-24 11.0 75449. _ _

Lux 350 Metal halide

0.083 m2

0.149 m2

0.149 m2

0.158 m2

Page 47: Martini - Outdoor 2015

46

86 793211

→ Lux 350 LED→ Lux 350

Accessories for 350/400

Mounting plate for installation on wall or floorcode 75489._ _

Spikecode 75487.00

Protective grillecode 75486.00

Glare-reducing visorcode 75488._ _

→ Lux 350

→ Lux 350 COB LED

Ring bafflecode 75485.00

Refractor for elliptical projectioncode 75609.00

Dichroic coloured filtersBlue code 92830.00Yellow code 92831.00Green code 92832.00Red code 92833.00

Refractor for elliptical projection3

code 75614.00

Dichroic coloured filtersBlue code 92834.00Yellow code 92835.00Green code 92836.00Red code 92837.00

Glare-reducing visorcode 75493._ _

Protective grillecode 75491.00

Mounting plate for installation on wall or floorcode 75489._ _

Spikecode 75487.00

Colour identification to be added to the code

→ Lux 400 LED→ Lux 400

Elliptical screencode 93555.00

Page 48: Martini - Outdoor 2015

47

Page 49: Martini - Outdoor 2015

48

Combinations for Lux accessories

→ Possible combinations → Impossible combinations

Lux

Lux

Lux LED

Lux LED+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

Page 50: Martini - Outdoor 2015

49

Page 51: Martini - Outdoor 2015

50

Page 52: Martini - Outdoor 2015

51

Page 53: Martini - Outdoor 2015

360°

360°

360°

360°

52

1 2 3

1. Twin 1 spotlight rotation2. Twin 2 spotlight rotation3. Twin 3 spotlight rotation

4.000

6.000

8.000

10.000

Page 54: Martini - Outdoor 2015

Lux

400

/ Tw

in 1

sin

gle

mou

nt

Lux

400

/ Tw

in 3

dou

ble

mou

nt

Page 55: Martini - Outdoor 2015

54

Page 56: Martini - Outdoor 2015

55

Page 57: Martini - Outdoor 2015

2 31 4

240°

360°

1. Rotation options2. Spotlight orientation3. Tie rod mount4. Pole-arm mount

TWIN 1 ARMS

Page 58: Martini - Outdoor 2015

57

1 2 3 4

+ + +

1150

650

1280

860

1145

86 7932

Ø

H

2300

860

1145

1300

1280

Ø

H

Colour identification to be added to the code

1. Luminaire2. Pole (page 434)3. Mount (1-piece pack)4. Arm

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 60 155 78000. _ _Ø 89 155 78004. _ _Ø 102 155 78008. _ _Ø 120 155 78012. _ _Ø 142 180 78016. _ _Ø 171 180 78020. _ _

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 60 155 78001. _ _Ø 89 155 78005. _ _Ø 102 155 78009. _ _Ø 120 155 78013. _ _Ø 142 180 78017. _ _Ø 171 180 78021. _ _

Single mount

Double mount

Guide to ordering

Twin 1 arms

Twin 1 single arm code 78042._ _

→ Lux 350/400

→ Lux 350/400

Twin 1 double arm code 78045._ _

Page 59: Martini - Outdoor 2015

58

Page 60: Martini - Outdoor 2015

59

Page 61: Martini - Outdoor 2015

60

2 31 4

360°

1. Rotation options2. Spotlight

orientation3. Tie rod mount4. Pole-arm mount

TWIN 2 ARMS

Page 62: Martini - Outdoor 2015

61

1 2 3 4

+ + +

→ Lux 350/400

→ Lux 350/400

86 7932

Ø

H

Ø

H

940

1320

1145

1145

1320

1880

Guide to ordering

1. Luminaire2. Pole (page 434)3. Mount (1-piece pack)4. Arm

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 60 155 78000. _ _Ø 89 155 78004. _ _Ø 102 155 78008. _ _Ø 120 155 78012. _ _Ø 142 180 78016. _ _Ø 171 180 78020. _ _

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 60 155 78001. _ _Ø 89 155 78005. _ _Ø 102 155 78009. _ _Ø 120 155 78013. _ _Ø 142 180 78017. _ _Ø 171 180 78021. _ _

Single mount

Double mount

Twin 2 single arm code 78041._ _

Twin 2 double arm code 78044._ _

Colour identification to be added to the code

Twin 2 arms

Page 63: Martini - Outdoor 2015

1 2 3 4

360°

1. Rotation options2. Spotlight

orientation3. Tie rod mount4. Pole-arm mount

TWIN 3 ARMS

Page 64: Martini - Outdoor 2015

63

1 2 3 4

+ + +

Ø

H

Ø

H

1150

860

1145

860

1145

2300

86 7932

Twin 3 arms

→ Lux 350/400

→ Lux 350/400

Colour identification to be added to the code

Guide to ordering

1. Luminaire2. Pole (page 434)3. Mount (1-piece pack)4. Arm

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 60 155 78000. _ _Ø 89 155 78004. _ _Ø 102 155 78008. _ _Ø 120 155 78012. _ _Ø 142 180 78016. _ _Ø 171 180 78020. _ _

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 60 155 78001. _ _Ø 89 155 78005. _ _Ø 102 155 78009. _ _Ø 120 155 78013. _ _Ø 142 180 78017. _ _Ø 171 180 78021. _ _

Single mount

Double mount

Twin 3 single arm code 78040._ _

Twin 3 double arm code 78043._ _

Page 65: Martini - Outdoor 2015

64

Page 66: Martini - Outdoor 2015

65

Page 67: Martini - Outdoor 2015

PERFECT 2 MOUNT

Page 68: Martini - Outdoor 2015

67

1 2 3

+ +

86 7932

H

Ø

H

Ø

1. Luminaire2. Pole (page 434)3. Mount

(1-piece pack)

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 60 155 78150. _ _Ø 89 155 78152. _ _Ø 102 155 78154. _ _Ø 120 155 78156. _ _Ø 142 180 78158. _ _Ø 171 180 78160. _ _

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 60 155 78151. _ _Ø 89 155 78153. _ _Ø 102 155 78155. _ _Ø 120 155 78157. _ _Ø 142 180 78159. _ _Ø 171 180 78161. _ _

Single mount

Double mount

→ Lux 350/400

→ Lux 350/400

Colour identification to be added to the code

Guide to ordering

Perfect 2

Page 69: Martini - Outdoor 2015

68 / 69

Page 70: Martini - Outdoor 2015

AVEPLANE design: Martini Staff

Page 71: Martini - Outdoor 2015

70 www.martinilight.com/aveplane

116879

1 2 3 4

Body

Die-cast aluminium alloy structure with rear fins, equipped with internal pressure compensation valve. Protective glass fixed to the body by means of automatic silicone sealing. Adjustable rear bracket for installation on ground, wall or ceiling. The body is subjected to anodising and subsequent enamelling.

Light sources

24 or 36 white LEDs, available in the NW (Neutral White, 4000K) and WW (Warm White, 3000K) versions.

Emissions

Symmetrical distribution with spot, medium, flood and wide beam angle, medium and wide elliptical distribution and asymmetrical distribution.

Power supply

Integrated electronic control gear.

Accessories

Rear cover available, recommended in case of installation with downward light emission.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

Satin-finish whiteGreyCorten finish

AVEPLANEspotlight

1. Reduced thickness (63.5mm)

2. Floor-mounted3. Wall-mounted 4. Ceiling-mounted

Page 72: Martini - Outdoor 2015

71

Disegni scalati del 12%

scalato 12%

11 68 79

IP65 220-240V / 50-60Hz

Light source Wattage Beam Code

36-LED 42W Spot 78761. _ _ NW / WW

Medium 78762. _ _ NW / WW

Flood 78763. _ _ NW / WW

Wide 78764. _ _ NW / WW

Elliptical medium 78765. _ _ NW / WW

Elliptical wide 78766. _ _ NW / WW

Asymmetrical 78718. _ _ NW / WW

36-LED 64W Spot 78803. _ _ NW / WW

Medium 78804. _ _ NW / WW

Flood 78805. _ _ NW / WW

Wide 78806. _ _ NW / WW

Elliptical medium 78807. _ _ NW / WW

Elliptical wide 78808. _ _ NW / WW

Asymmetrical 78819. _ _ NW / WW

Light source Wattage Beam Code

24-LED 30W Spot 78755. _ _ NW / WW

Medium 78756. _ _ NW / WW

Flood 78757. _ _ NW / WW

Wide 78758. _ _ NW / WW

Elliptical medium 78759. _ _ NW / WW

Elliptical wide 78760. _ _ NW / WW

Asymmetrical 78816. _ _ NW / WW

24-LED 45W Spot 78797. _ _ NW / WW

Medium 78798. _ _ NW / WW

Flood 78799. _ _ NW / WW

Wide 78800. _ _ NW / WW

Elliptical medium 78801. _ _ NW / WW

Elliptical wide 78802. _ _ NW / WW

Asymmetrical 78817. _ _ NW / WW

NW (Neutral White): CRI >75 / lm 2750 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI 80 / lm 2400 / K 3000

NW (Neutral White): CRI >75 / lm 3850 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI 80 / lm 3400 / K 3000

Aveplane

NW (Neutral White): CRI >75 / lm 4150 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI 80 / lm 3600 / K 3000

NW (Neutral White): CRI >75 / lm 5750 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI 80 / lm 5050 / K 3000

Configured for installation on walls, ceilings and floors

Colour identification to be added to the code

Accessories

Rear cover (recommended for downward light emission)code 78809._ _

270×63,5×H295 kg7.00

Page 73: Martini - Outdoor 2015

72 / 73

Page 74: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Marco Casamonti, Alessandro PapottiMOOVE IP65

Page 75: Martini - Outdoor 2015

74

1 2 3

6886

www.martinilight.com/moove-ip65

Body

Enamelled die-cast aluminium luminaire with tempered glass screen. The lamp compartment can be rotated through ± 90° around the horizontal axis and locked in any position. The wiring compartment is separated from the lamp compartment in order to limit the effects of heat.

Light sources

Metal halide lamps, 70W and 150W. Linear halogen lamps, 230W.

Emissions

Symmetrical and asymmetrical parabolic optics on single-emission versions. Symmetrical reflector on dual-emission versions.

Power supply

Power factor corrected electromagnetic control gear for metal halide versions. Mains voltage power supply for halogen versions.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

GreyAnthracite grey

MOOVE IP65spotlight

1. Symmetrical emission2. Asymmetrical emission3. Lamp compartment rotates through ± 90° around the horizontal axis

indirect emission

Page 76: Martini - Outdoor 2015

75

Disegni scalati 8%

Disegni scalati 8%

Disegni scalati 8%

IP65

IP65

IP65

 230V / 50Hz

 230V / 50Hz

392×230×H80

68 86Colour identification to be added to the code

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

MH 70W RX7s 7.80 76031. _ _150W RX7s-24 8.50 76033. _ _

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code Code

MH 70W RX7s 7.80 76030. _ _ 76035. _ _

150W RX7s-24 8.50 76032. _ _ 76037. _ _

AL QT-DE12 230W R7s 6.40 76034. _ _ 76039. _ _

Moove IP65 indirect emission

Moove IP65 direct/indirect emission

symmetrical asymmetrical

symmetrical

direct/indirect emission

 Mains voltage operation

Page 77: Martini - Outdoor 2015

76 / 77

Page 78: Martini - Outdoor 2015

MARTINOdesign: Martini Staff

Page 79: Martini - Outdoor 2015

78

31 2 4

6886

www.martinilight.com/martino

MARTINO

Body

Extruded aluminium body, with die-cast aluminium frame and upper cover, tempered glass. Folded steel bracket and plastic position adjustment handle.

Light sources

Metal halide MH lamps (35W, 70W and 150W) and QT-32 halogen lamp (150W).

Emissions

Medium beam emission.

Power supply

Integrated electromagnetic control gear for the metal halide version; mains voltage for the halogen version.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

GreyAnthracite grey

spotlight

1. Floor-mounted 2. Wall-mounted 3. Ceiling-mounted4. 180° rotation of

the body / position locking system

Page 80: Martini - Outdoor 2015

79

scalato 8%

IP65  230V / 50Hz

169×169×322

IP65

68 86

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

MH 35W G12 5.80 76710. _ _

70W 6.50 76711. _ _

150 W 7.00 76712. _ _

AL QT-32* 150 W E27 4.00 76714. _ _

Martino

 Mains voltage operation

* Only use Osram Halolux Ceram lamps

Colour identification to be added to the code

Page 81: Martini - Outdoor 2015

80 / 81

Page 82: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Martini StaffNEW SElva

Page 83: Martini - Outdoor 2015

82

6886

www.martinilight.com/newselva

NEW SElva

Body

Adjustable die-cast aluminium head with rear fins for heat dispersal; optical assembly consisting of secondary TIR lens system, extra-clear 4mm-thick protective glass screen attached to the head by means of a die-cast frame, stainless steel screws. Base on which the steel supporting bracket is installed, allowing ±45° rotation around the vertical axis and -75°/+15° around the horizontal axis.

light sources

24/48 multi-chip white LEDs with WW (Warm White, 3000K), NW (Neutral White, 4000K) or DW (Dynamic White, from 2700K to 6000K) colour temperature; the RGBW version mounts 24/48 multi-chip LEDs.

Emissions

Spot, medium and flood optic available for all versions, and elliptical optic for Linear versions.

Power supply

Integrated electronic control gear.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

GreyAnthracite grey

spotlight

Page 84: Martini - Outdoor 2015

83

scalato 8%

scalato 8%

IP65  220-240V / 50-60Hz

68 86

scalato 8%

Light source Wattage Optic Code

48-LED 220W Spot 79120. _ _ NW / WW

Medium 79121. _ _ NW / WW

Flood 79122. _ _ NW / WW

Light source Wattage Optic Code

48-LED* 220W Spot 79123. _ _ DW Medium 79124. _ _ DW Flood 79125. _ _ DW

Light source Wattage Optic Code

48-LED* 220W Spot 78845. _ _ RGBW Medium 78846. _ _ RGBW Flood 78847. _ _ RGBW

New Selva

* DMX-RDM colour control system, see page 442

Colour identification to be added to the code

NW (Neutral White): CRI >75 / lm 15500 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI 80 / lm 13900 / K 3000

DW (Dynamic White): CRI <80 / lm 12500 / K 2700-6500

RGBW lm 11000

Light source Wattage Optic Code

48-LED 220W Spot 79126. _ _ NW / WW

Medium 79127. _ _ NW / WW

Flood 79128. _ _ NW / WW

Elliptical 79129. _ _ NW / WW

Light source Wattage Optic Code

48-LED* 220W Spot 79134. _ _ DW

Medium 79135. _ _ DW

Flood 79136. _ _ DW

Elliptical 79137. _ _ DW

New Selva linear

NW (Neutral White): CRI >75 / lm 15500 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI 80 / lm 13900 / K 3000

DW (Dynamic White): CRI <80 / lm 12500 / K 2700-6500

Light source Wattage Optic Code

48-LED* 220W Spot 79130. _ _ RGBW Medium 79131. _ _ RGBW Flood 79132. _ _ RGBW

Elliptical 79133. _ _ RGBW

RGBW lm 11000

370×230×H400 kg15.0

960×230×H264 kg18.5

Page 85: Martini - Outdoor 2015

84

scalato 8%

scalato 8%

68 86

IP65  220-240V / 50-60Hz

NW (Neutral White): CRI >75 / lm 7750 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI 80 / lm 6950 / K 3000

DW (Dynamic White): CRI <80 / lm 6250 / K 2700-6500

DW (Dynamic White): CRI <80 / lm 6250 / K 2700-6500

RGBW: lm 5500

Light source Wattage Optic Code

48-LED 220W Spot 79150. _ _ NW / WW

Medium 79151. _ _ NW / WW

Flood 79152. _ _ NW / WW

Elliptical 79153. _ _ NW / WW

Light source Wattage Optic Code

48-LED* 220W Spot 79158. _ _ DW

Medium 79159. _ _ DW

Flood 79160. _ _ DW

Elliptical 79161. _ _ DW

Light source Wattage Optic Code

24-LED* 110W Spot 79146. _ _ DW

Medium 79147. _ _ DW

Flood 79148. _ _ DW

Elliptical 79149. _ _ DW

Light source Wattage Optic Code

24-LED* 110W Spot 79142. _ _ RGBW

Medium 79143. _ _ RGBW Flood 79144. _ _ RGBW

Elliptical 79145. _ _ RGBW

Light source Wattage Optic Code

48-LED* 220W Spot 79154. _ _ RGBW

Medium 79155. _ _ RGBW

Flood 79156. _ _ RGBW

Elliptical 79157. _ _ RGBW

New Selva Minilinear overlaid

NW (Neutral White): CRI >75 / lm 7750 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI 80 / lm 6950 / K 3000

Light source Wattage Optic Code

24-LED 110W Spot 79138. _ _ NW / WW

Medium 79139. _ _ NW / WW

Flood 79140. _ _ NW / WW

Elliptical 79141. _ _ NW / WW

New Selva Minilinear

The luminous flux data refers to the single module* DMX-RDM colour control system, see page 442

Colour identification to be added to the code

RGBW: lm 5500

530×230×H465 kg23.5

530×230×H264 kg16.0

Page 86: Martini - Outdoor 2015

85

Page 87: Martini - Outdoor 2015

86 / 87

Page 88: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Martini StaffAVELINE

Page 89: Martini - Outdoor 2015

88

1 2 3

116879

AVELINE

www.martinilight.com/aveline

Body

Extruded aluminium body in various lengths with 49x63mm cross-sectional dimensions and powder-coated and anodised die-cast aluminium end caps.Extra-clear tempered closing glass sealed to the body with silicone material. Inclusive of neoprene cable and cable gland.

Light sources

6, 12, 18, 24 or 30 white LEDs, available in the NW (Neutral White, 4200K) and WW (Warm White, 3000K) versions.

Emissions

Symmetrical distribution with 22° and 39° beam angle and 15°x44° elliptical distribution.

Power supply

Integrated electronic control gear.

Accessories

Fixed mounting brackets size 50mm and 100mm, and extendable brackets with length between 195mm and 295mm.→ see page 92

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

Satin-finish white GreyCorten finish

1. Emission symmetrical 22°2. Emission symmetrical 39°3. Emission elliptical 15°/44°

profile

Page 90: Martini - Outdoor 2015

89

IP65  220-240V / 50-60Hz

7911

L×49+H63

scalato 12%

68

Light source Wattage lm kg mm(L) Code Code Code

6-LED 9W 700 1.30 300 80040. _ _ NW 80041. _ _ NW 80042. _ _ NW

12-LED 16W 1400 2.35 600 80043. _ _ NW 80044. _ _ NW 80045. _ _ NW

18-LED 25W 2100 3.50 900 80046. _ _ NW 80047. _ _ NW 80048. _ _ NW

24-LED 31W 2800 4.50 1200 80049. _ _ NW 80050. _ _ NW 80051. _ _ NW

30-LED 40W 3400 5.50 1500 80052. _ _ NW 80053. _ _ NW 80054. _ _ NW

6-LED 9W 600 1.30 300 80040. _ _ WW 80041. _ _ WW 80042. _ _ WW

12-LED 16W 1200 2.35 600 80043. _ _ WW 80044. _ _ WW 80045. _ _ WW

18-LED 25W 1800 3.50 900 80046. _ _ WW 80047. _ _ WW 80048. _ _ WW

24-LED 31W 2400 4.50 1200 80049. _ _ WW 80050. _ _ WW 80051. _ _ WW

30-LED 40W 3000 5.50 1500 80052. _ _ WW 80053. _ _ WW 80054. _ _ WW

Aveline Emission: symmetrical 22° symmetrical 39° elliptical 15°/44°

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / K 4200WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / K 3000

Colour identification to be added to the code

Page 91: Martini - Outdoor 2015

90

1 2 3 4 5

116879

AVELINE MINI

Body

Extruded aluminium body in various lengths, with 38x36mm cross-sectional dimensions and anodised and enamelled die-cast aluminium end caps. Extra-clear tempered closing glass sealed to the body with silicone material. Inclusive of neoprene cable (L=0.5m) and cable gland.

Light sources

3, 6, 9, 12 or 15 white LEDs, available in the NW (Neutral White, 4200K) and WW (Warm White, 3000K) versions.Available in the 1-10V dimmable and Dali version.

Emissions

Symmetrical distribution with 12°, 22° and 39° beam angle, 15°x44° elliptical distribution and diffuse distribution.

Power supply

24VDC power supply

Accessories

35W, 60W, 70W, 100W and 150W electronic control gear. Wall- or ceiling-mounted mounting brackets available.→ see page 92

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

Satin-finish whiteGreyCorten finish

1. Emission symmetrical 12°2. Emission symmetrical 22°3. Emission symmetrical 39°4. Emission diffuse5. Emission elliptical 15°×44°

www.martinilight.com/aveline-mini

profile

Page 92: Martini - Outdoor 2015

91

scalato 12%

L×38+H36

IP66

796811

 24V constant voltage

Light source Wattage Voltage mm(L) kg Emission Code

3-LED 3W 24V 300 0.60 12° 79080. _ _ NW / WW

22° 79061. _ _ NW / WW

39° 79062. _ _ NW / WW

Diffuse 79060. _ _ NW / WW

15×44° 79063. _ _ NW / WW

6-LED 6W 24V 600 1.20 12° 79081. _ _ NW / WW

22° 79065. _ _ NW / WW

39° 79066. _ _ NW / WW

Diffuse 79064. _ _ NW / WW

15×44° 79067. _ _ NW / WW

9-LED 9W 24V 900 1.55 12° 79082. _ _ NW / WW

22° 79069. _ _ NW / WW

39° 79070. _ _ NW / WW

Diffuse 79068. _ _ NW / WW

15×44° 79071. _ _ NW / WW

12-LED 12W 24V 1200 2.00 12° 79083. _ _ NW / WW

22° 79073. _ _ NW / WW

39° 79074. _ _ NW / WW

Diffuse 79072. _ _ NW / WW

15×44° 79075. _ _ NW / WW

15-LED 15W 24V 1500 2.00 12° 79084. _ _ NW / WW

22° 79077. _ _ NW / WW

39° 79078. _ _ NW / WW

Diffuse 79076. _ _ NW / WW

15×44° 79079. _ _ NW / WW

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 670 / K 4200WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 590 / K 3000

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 1010 / K 4200WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 890 / K 3000

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 1350 / K 4200WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 1190 / K 3000

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 1700 / K 4200WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 1490 / K 3000

Colour identification to be added to the code

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 330 / K 4200WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 290 / K 3000

Aveline Mini

Page 93: Martini - Outdoor 2015

92

5548

35

48

35

105

53

43

35

86,5 50

30

86,5 100

30

73 197

90

Accessories

Fixed brackets L=50code 91161._ _

Extendable brackets L=195-295code 91160._ _

Fixed brackets L=100code 91162._ _

Cut-Off laminaL=300 code 91225._ _L=600 code 91226._ _L=900 code 91227._ _L=1200 code 91228._ _L=1500 code 91229._ _

→ Aveline

→ Aveline Mini Pair of brackets L=50code 91164.00

Pair of ceiling-mountedmounting bracketscode 91166.00

Pair of brackets L=100code 91165.00

Electronic control gear IP67 220-240/24VDC 150Wcode 38935.00

Electronic control gearIP67 230-240/24VDC 70Wcode 38934.00

35W electronic control gear220-240V / 50-60Hz 43×185×H30code 30536.00

60W electronic control gear220-240V / 50-60Hz 45.5×254×H35.5code 30537.00

150W electronic control gear220-240V / 50-60Hz 63.5×270×H41code 30539.00

100W electronic control gear220-240V / 50-60Hz 63.5×270×H41code 30538.00

Page 94: Martini - Outdoor 2015

93

Page 95: Martini - Outdoor 2015

94 / 95

Page 96: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Martini StaffLYRA

Page 97: Martini - Outdoor 2015

96

116879

LYRA

Body

Extruded aluminium body in various lengths, with 56x75mm cross-sectional dimensions and anodised and enamelled die-cast aluminium end caps. Extra-clear tempered closing glass sealed to the body with silicone material. Inclusive of neoprene cable and cable gland.

Light sources

8, 12, 16, 20 or 30 DW (Dynamic White) or RGBW LEDs in the multi-chip version, and 16, 32 or 48 RGBW LEDs in the mono-chip version.

Emissions

Symmetrical distribution with medium or flood beam opening and elliptical for the mono-chip version.

Power supply

Integrated electronic control gear. Colour control system with standard DMX-RDM. Four DMX-RDM channels.

Accessories

Fixed mounting brackets size 50mm and 100mm, and extendable brackets with length between 195mm and 295mm.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

Satin-finish whiteGreyCorten finish

profile

Dynamic white multi-chip LED

Multi-chip RGBW LED

Mono-chip RGBW LED

white RGBW

LEDs

www.martinilight.com/lyra

Page 98: Martini - Outdoor 2015

97

IP66  220-240V / 50-60Hz

 220-240V / 50-60HzIP66

L×56×H75

scalato 10%

scalato 10%

50

30

100

30

73 197

90

scalato 10%

L×56×H75

L×56×H75

 220-240V / 50-60HzIP66

DMX-RDM colour control system, see page 442

Accessories

Fixed bracketsL50code 91161._ _

Extendable brackets L195-295code 91160._ _

Fixed bracketsL100code 91162._ _

Cut-Off lamina (Lyra multi-chip)L=570 code 91230._ _L=850 code 91231._ _L=1130 code 91232._ _L=1410 code 91233._ _

Light source Wattage lm Optic kg mm (L) Code

8-LED 48W 2080 Medium 2.60 570 79098. _ _ DW

Flood 79099. _ _ DW

12-LED 75W 3120 Medium 3.85 850 79100. _ _ DW

Flood 79101. _ _ DW

16-LED 95W 4160 Medium 5.00 1130 79102. _ _ DW

Flood 79103. _ _ DW

20-LED 115W 5200 Medium 6.00 1410 79104. _ _ DW

Flood 79105. _ _ DW

Light source Wattage lm Optic kg mm (L) Code

8-LED 48W 1280 Medium 2.60 570 79090. _ _ RGBW

Flood 79091. _ _ RGBW

12-LED 75W 1920 Medium 3.85 850 79092. _ _ RGBW

Flood 79093. _ _ RGBW

16-LED 95W 2560 Medium 5.00 1130 79094. _ _ RGBW

Flood 79095. _ _ RGBW

20-LED 115W 3200 Medium 6.00 1410 79096. _ _ RGBW

Flood 79097. _ _ RGBW

Light source Wattage lm Emission kg mm (L) Code

16-LED 20W 1370 12° 2.40 515 79200. _ _ RGBW

22° 79201. _ _ RGBW

39° 79202. _ _ RGBW

15°×44° 79203. _ _ RGBW

32-LED 36W 2740 12° 4.40 995 79204. _ _ RGBW

22° 79205. _ _ RGBW

39° 79206. _ _ RGBW

15°×44° 79207. _ _ RGBW

48-LED 53W 4100 12° 6.50 1475 79208. _ _ RGBW

22° 79209. _ _ RGBW

39° 79210. _ _ RGBW

15°×44° 79211. _ _ RGBW

Lyra Dynamic white multi-chip LED

Lyra multi-chip RGBW LED

Lyra mono-chip RGBW LED

DW (Dynamic White): K 2700-6000

Colour identification to be added to the code 796811

86.5

86.5

Page 99: Martini - Outdoor 2015

98 / 99

Page 100: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Matteo Nunziati, Martini StaffOSIO PIL

Page 101: Martini - Outdoor 2015

100

6879

OSIO PIL

www.martinilight.com/osiopil

Body

Extruded aluminium body with cast aluminium end caps and tempered closing glass. Optical assembly openable from the side end cap by loosening the stainless steel screws. Available in the single module or continuous row versions.

Light sources

16 or 24 LEDs, CW (Cool White, 6050K) or WW (Warm White, 3150K) version. 8 or 12 Full Colour RGB LEDs. T5 linear fluorescent lamps.

Emissions

Symmetrical and asymmetrical.

Power supply

Integrated electronic control gear.

Accessories

Longitudinal and transversal baffle, IP67 cable gland. End cap for recess box and end cap with frame for continuous row recessed version.→ see page 108

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

GreyCorten finish

profilewalk-over profile

continuous row FL

single module FL

single module white LED

white RGB

LEDs

Page 102: Martini - Outdoor 2015

101

IK07 220-240V / 50-60HzIP67

IP67 IK07 220-240V / 50-60Hz

68 79

IK07 220-240V / 50-60Hz 200kg

L×110×H122

L×110×H122

L×110×H122

scalato 10%

scalato 10%

scalato 10%

IP67

CW (Cool White): CRI >80 / K 6050WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / K 3150

Light source Wattage lm mm (L) kg Code

16-LED 27W 1400 704 5.00 78210. _ _ CW / WW

24-LED 41W 2050 1004 7.50 78211. _ _ CW / WW

Light source Wattage Fitting lm mm (L) kg Code

FL T5 14W G5 1200 704 5.50 78170. _ _24W 1750 78171. _ _21W 1900 1004 6.40 78172. _ _39W 3100 78173. _ _28W 2600 1304 8.20 78174. _ _54W 4450 78175. _ _35W 3320 1604 9.50 78176. _ _

Light source Wattage lm mm (L) kg Code

8-LED 35W 750 704 5.50 78230. _ _12-LED 50W 1100 1004 7.50 78231. _ _

Osio Pil single module White LED

Osio Pil single module FL T5

Osio Pil single module RGB LED*

symmetrical optic

asymmetrical optic

symmetrical optic

Colour identification to be added to the code

* Colour control system DMX512, see page 442

Product mm (L) Dimensions Code

704 682×153×175 91060.00 1004 982×153×175 91061.001304 1282×153×175 91062.001604 1582×153×175 91063.00

Compulsory recess box (see table on the right)

Page 103: Martini - Outdoor 2015

102

IP67 IK07 220-240V / 50-60Hz

IP67 IK07 220-240V / 50-60Hz

IP67 IK07 220-240V / 50-60Hz 200kg

scalato 10%

scalato 10%L×110×H122

L×110×H122

L×110×H122

scalato 10%

CW (Cool White): CRI >80 / K 6050WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / K 3150

68 79

Light source Wattage lm mm (L) kg Code

16-LED 27W 1400 604 5.00 78212. _ _ CW / WW

24-LED 41W 2050 904 7.50 78213. _ _ CW / WW

Light source Wattage Fitting lm mm (L) kg Code

FL T5 14W G5 1200 604 5.00 78180. _ _24W 1750 78181. _ _21W 1900 904 6.00 78182. _ _39W 3100 78183. _ _28W 2600 1204 8.10 78184. _ _54W 4450 78185. _ _35W 3320 1504 9.00 78186. _ _

Light source Wattage lm mm (L) kg Code

8-LED 35W 750 604 5.30 78235. _ _12-LED 50W 1100 904 7.70 78236. _ _

Osio Pil continuous row White LED

Osio Pil continuous row FL T5

Osio Pil continuous row RGB LED

symmetrical optic

asymmetrical optic

symmetrical optic

Colour identification to be added to the code

* Colour control system DMX512, see page 442

Product mm (L) Dimensions Code

604 655×153×175 91066.00 904 955×153×175 91067.001204 1255×153×175 91068.001504 1555×153×175 91069.00

Compulsory recess box (see table on the right)

Page 104: Martini - Outdoor 2015

103

Page 105: Martini - Outdoor 2015

104

Page 106: Martini - Outdoor 2015

105

Page 107: Martini - Outdoor 2015

106

OSIO PIL

www.martinilight.com/osiopil

Body

Extruded aluminium body with cast aluminium end caps and tempered closing glass. Optical assembly openable from the side end cap by loosening the stainless steel screws.

Light sources

T5 linear fluorescent lamps with G5 base.

Emissions

Symmetrical optic.

Power supply

Integrated electronic control gear.

Accessories

Wall-mounting kit, pendant-mounting kit with fixed rod and IP67 cable gland.→ see page 108

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

GreyCorten finish

pendant / wall-mounted

6879

wall-mounted

Page 108: Martini - Outdoor 2015

107

IP65

68 79

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

scalato 10%

L×105×H60Light source Wattage Fitting lm mm (L) kg Code

FL T5 14W G5 1200 604 3.40 78190. _ _24W 1750 78191. _ _21W 1900 949 4.60 78192. _ _39W 3100 78193. _ _28W 2600 1249 6.00 78194. _ _54W 4450 78195. _ _35W 3320 1549 7.00 78196. _ _

Osio Pil pendant / wall-mounted

pendant

Colour identification to be added to the code

Page 109: Martini - Outdoor 2015

108

Osio Pil accessories

Longitudinal baffle with 40° finsL=630 code 91075.00L=930 code 91076.00L=1230 code 91077.00L=1530 code 91078.00

Transversal baffle with 40° finsL=630 code 91079.00L=930 code 91080.00L=1230 code 91081.00L=1530 code 91082.00

IP67 cable gland for pass-through wiring connectionscode 91058.00

→ Osio Pil continuous row walk-over

→ Osio Pil single walk-over→ Osio Pil continuous row walk-over

End cap for recess box(2-piece pack)code 91065.00

End cap for recess box for installation with accessory code 91096._ _(2-piece pack)code 91097.00

End cap with frame and sealing gasket(2-piece pack)code 91096._ _

→ Osio Pil pendant / wall-mounted Wall-mounting kitcode 91070._ _

Suspension kit with fixed rod L=670code 91072._ _

IP67 cable gland for pass-through wiring connectionscode 91057.00

→ Osio Pil single walk-over FL T5→ Osio Pil continuous row walk-over FL T5

Page 110: Martini - Outdoor 2015

109

Page 111: Martini - Outdoor 2015

110 / 111110 / 111

Page 112: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Marco Casamonti

WALKIE TALKIE

Page 113: Martini - Outdoor 2015

112

21 3

www.martinilight.com/walkie-talkie50

WALKIE TALKIE 50

Body

Cast aluminium body and bezel, tempered lower glass with sand-blasted or transparent finish, partially sand-blasted upper glass with 10mm thickness. Sand-blasted stainless steel visible frame. The round model can be mounted on the floor, wall or ceiling, the ceiling-mounted version comes without upper decorative glass. The square model can be floor- or wall-mounted.

Light sources

One 1W LED available in the NW (Neutral White, 4000K) and WW (Warm White, 3000K) versions. QT-9 halogen lamps with G4 fitting.

Emissions

Diffuse symmetrical distribution.

Power supply

Electronic or electromagnetic control gear available as an accessory.

Accessories

Electronic or electromagnetic transformers, recess box and concrete, coloured dichroic filters.→ see page 130

Colours

Stainless steel decorative frame.

recessed

1. Floor-mounted2. Wall-mounted3. Ceiling-mounted

Page 114: Martini - Outdoor 2015

113

IP67

IP67

IP67 IK07

IP67 IK07

200kg

200kg

200kg

200kg

scalato 14%

scalato 14%

scalato 14%

scalato 14%

scalato 14%

scalato 14%

For AL QT-9 sources with sand-blasted glass: Max. glass temp. 55°CFor AL QT-9 sources with transparent glass: Max. glass temp. 60°C

Control gear available as an accessory* Luminaire without upper glass

The recess box is required for floor-mounted installation (see table on the right)

Light source Wattage Voltage Code Code Code

White LED 1W 24VDC 76050.00 NW / WW 76051.00 NW / WW 76052.00 NW / WW

Light source Wattage Voltage Fitting Code Code Code

AL QT-9sand-blasted glass

10W 12V G4 76050.00 76051.00 76052.00

AL QT-9transparent glass

10W 12V G4 76050.00.T 76051.00.T 76052.00.T

Light source Wattage Voltage Fitting Code Code

AL QT-9sand-blasted glass

10W 12V G4 76055.00 76056.00

AL QT-9transparent glass

10W 12V G4 76055.00.T 76056.00.T

Light source Wattage Voltage Code Code

White LED 1W 24VDC 76055.00 NW / WW 76056.00 NW / WW

Walkie Talkie 50 round

Walkie Talkie 50 square

floor

floor

floor

floor

plasterboard wall

plasterboard wall

*ceiling

*ceiling

scalato 14%

scalato 14%

scalato 14%

scalati 14%

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 15 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 15 / K 3000

plasterboard wall

plasterboard wall

For installation on wall and ceiling ø55

For installation on wall and ceiling ø55

For installation on wall and ceiling 55×55

For installation on wall and ceiling 55×55

** Only for recessed installation in solid walls for LED luminaires

Product Recess box Dimensions Code

WT 50 Floor 132×156×H106 76153.00 Solid floor/ceiling** 150×170×H135 76157.00

WT 50 Floor 132×156×H106 76158.00 Solid floor/ceiling** 150×170×H135 76159.00

62×62×H80 kg0.40

62×62×H100 kg0.40

ø62×H100 kg0.40

ø62×H80 kg0.40

Page 115: Martini - Outdoor 2015

114

Page 116: Martini - Outdoor 2015

115

Page 117: Martini - Outdoor 2015

116

21 3

WALKIE TALKIE 90

www.martinilight.com/walkie-talkie90

Body

Cast aluminium body and bezel, tempered lower glass with sand-blasted or transparent finish, partially sand-blasted upper glass with 10mm thickness. Sand-blasted stainless steel visible frame. The round model can be mounted on the floor, wall or ceiling, the ceiling-mounted version comes without upper decorative glass. The square model can be floor- or wall-mounted.

Light sources

One 4W LED available in the NW (Neutral White, 4000K) and WW (Warm White, 3000K) versions. QT-9 and QR-CB35 halogen lamps.

Emissions

Diffuse symmetrical distribution.

Power supply

Electronic or electromagnetic control gear available as an accessory.

Accessories

Electronic or electromagnetic transformers and recess box.→ see page 130

Colours

Stainless steel decorative frame.

recessed

1. Floor-mounted2. Wall-mounted3. Ceiling-mounted

Page 118: Martini - Outdoor 2015

117

200kgIP67 IK07

IP67 IK07 200kg

scalato 14%

scalato 14%

scalato 14%

scalato 14%

scalato 14%

scalato 14%

For AL QT-9 sources with sand-blasted glass: Max. glass temp. 55°CFor AL QT-9 sources with transparent glass: Max. glass temp. 60°CFor AL QR-CB35 sources with sand-blasted glass: Max. glass temp. 75°CFor AL QR-CB35 sources with transparent glass: Max. glass temp. 80°C

Control gear available as an accessory* Luminaire without upper glass

Light source Wattage Voltage Code Code Code

White LED 4W 24VDC 76080.00 NW / WW 76081.00 NW / WW 76082.00 NW / WW

Light source Wattage Voltage Fitting Code Code Code

AL QT-9sand-blasted glass

20W 12V G4 76080.00 76081.00 76082.00

AL QR-CB35 sand-blasted glass

GU4 76080.00 76081.00 76082.00

AL QT-9transparent glass

G4 76080.00.T 76081.00.T 76082.00.T

AL QR-CB35 transparent glass

GU4 76080.00.T 76081.00.T 76082.00.T

Walkie Talkie 90 round floor

floor

plasterboard wall

plasterboard wall

*ceiling

*ceiling

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 120 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 110 / K 3000

The recess box is required for floor-mounted installation (see table on the right)

For installation on wall and ceiling ø95

For installation on wall and ceiling ø95

** Only for recessed installation in solid walls for LED luminaires

Product Recess box Dimensions Code

WT 90 Floor 250×300×H120 76083.00 Solid floor/ceiling** 150×170×H135 76087.00

ø104×H90 kg1.00

ø104×H160 kg1.00

Page 119: Martini - Outdoor 2015

118

200kg

200kg

IP67 IK07

IP67 IK07

scalato 14% scalato 14%

scalato 14%scalato 14%

Light source Wattage Voltage Code Code

White LED 4W 24VDC 76085.00 NW / WW 76086.00 NW / WW

Walkie Talkie 90 square floor plasterboard wall

Light source Wattage Voltage Fitting Code Code

AL QT-9sand-blasted glass

20W 12V G4 76085.00 76086.00

AL QR-CB35 sand-blasted glass

GU4 76085.00 76086.00

AL QT-9transparent glass

G4 76085.00.T 76086.00.T

AL QR-CB35 transparent glass

GU4 76085.00.T 76086.00.T

floor plasterboard wall

For AL QT-9 sources with sand-blasted glass: Max. glass temp. 55°CFor AL QT-9 sources with transparent glass: Max. glass temp. 60°CFor AL QR-CB35 sources with sand-blasted glass: Max. glass temp. 75°CFor AL QR-CB35 sources with transparent glass: Max. glass temp. 80°C

Control gear available as an accessory

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 120 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 110 / K 3000

For installation on wall and ceiling 95×95

The recess box is required for floor-mounted installation (see table on the right)

** Only for recessed installation in solid walls for LED luminaires

Product Recess box Dimensions Code

WT 90 Floor 250×300×H120 76088.00 Solid floor** 150×170×H135 76089.00

For installation on wall and ceiling 95×95

104×104×H90 kg0.40

104×104×H116 kg0.40

Page 120: Martini - Outdoor 2015

119

Page 121: Martini - Outdoor 2015

120

21 3

www.martinilight.com/walkie-talkie150

Body

Cast aluminium body and bezel, tempered lower glass with sand-blasted or transparent finish, upper glass with 10mm thickness and partially sand-blasted finish. Sand-blasted stainless steel visible frame. The round model can be mounted on the floor, wall or ceiling, the ceiling-mounted version comes without upper decorative glass. The square model can be floor- or wall-mounted. Version available with swivelling light source.

Light sources

One 8W LED available in the NW (Neutral White, 4000K) and WW (Warm White, 3000K) versions. TC-SE compact fluorescent lamps.

Emissions

Diffuse symmetrical distribution.

Power supply

Electronic or electromagnetic control gear available as an accessory.

Accessories

Electronic or electromagnetic transformers. IP40 and IP67 electronic transformers. Recess box.→ see page 130

Colours

Stainless steel decorative frame.

WALKIE TALKIE 150recessed

1. Floor-mounted2. Wall-mounted3. Ceiling-mounted

Page 122: Martini - Outdoor 2015

121

200kg

 200kg

IP67 IK07

IP67 IK07

scalato 14%

scalato 14%

scalato 14%

scalato 14%

scalato 14%

scalato 14%

For AL QT-9 sources with sand-blasted glass: Max. glass temp. 70°CFor AL QT-9 sources with transparent glass: Max. glass temp. 75°C

Control gear available as an accessory* Luminaire without upper glass

Light source Wattage Voltage Code Code Code

White LED 8W 24VDC 76140.00 NW / WW 76141.00 NW / WW 76142.00 NW / WW

Light source Wattage Voltage Fitting Code Code Code

AL QT-9sand-blasted glass

20W 12V G4 76140.00 76141.00 76142.00

AL QT-9transparent glass

G4 76140.00.T 76141.00.T 76142.00.T

Walkie Talkie 150 round

Walkie Talkie 150 H70 round

floor

floor

plasterboard wall

plasterboard wall

*ceiling

*ceiling

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 180 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 170 / K 3000

Product Recess box Dimensions Code

WT 150 Floor 260×300×H111 76153.00 Solid floor/ceiling** 214×232×H138 76147.00

WT 150 H70 Floor 220×240×H76 76143.00

For installation on wall and ceiling ø155

For installation on wall and ceiling ø155

** Only for recessed installation in solid walls for LED luminaires

The recess box is required for floor-mounted installation (see table on the right)

ø164×H80 kg1.80

ø164×H72 kg1.80

Page 123: Martini - Outdoor 2015

122

Page 124: Martini - Outdoor 2015

123

Page 125: Martini - Outdoor 2015

124

200kg

200kg

scalato 14% scalato 14%

scalato 14%scalato 14%

IP67 IK07

IP67 IK07

Light source Wattage Voltage Code Code

White LED 4W 24VDC 76145.00 NW / WW 76146.00 NW / WW

Walkie Talkie 150 square floor plasterboard wall

Light source Wattage Voltage Fitting Code Code

AL QT-9sand-blasted glass

20W 12V G4 76145.00 76146.00

AL QT-9transparent glass

G4 76145.00.T 76146.00.T

Walkie Talkie 150 H70 square floor plasterboard wall

For AL QT-9 sources with sand-blasted glass: Max. glass temp. 70°CFor AL QT-9 sources with transparent glass: Max. glass temp. 75°C

Electronic control gear available as an accessory* Luminaire without upper glass** Only for recessed installation in solid walls for LED luminaires

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 180 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 170 / K 3000

Product Recess box Dimensions Code

WT 150 Floor 260×300×H111 76158.00 Solid floor** 214×232×H138 76149.00

WT 150 H70 Floor 220×240×H76 76148.00

The recess box is required for floor-mounted installation (see table on the right)

For installation on wall and ceiling 155×155

164×164×H80 kg1.80

164×164×H70 kg1.80

For installation on wall and ceiling  155×155

Page 126: Martini - Outdoor 2015

125

scalato 14%

scalato 14%

scalato 14%

scalato 14%

scalato 14%

200kgIP67 IK07

200kgIP67 IK07

For AL QT-12 sources with sand-blasted glass: Max. glass temp. 90°CFor AL QT-12 sources with transparent glass: Max. glass temp. 95°CFor AL CB-51 sources with sand-blasted glass: Max. glass temp. 105°CFor AL CB-51 sources with transparent glass: Max. glass temp. 110°C

Control gear available as an accessoryLuminaire inclusive of light source swivelling accessory* Luminaire without upper glass

Light source Wattage Voltage Fitting Code Code Code

AL QT-12 sand-blasted glass

35W 12V GY6.35 76150.00 76151.00 76152.00

AL QT-CB51 sand-blasted glass

50W GU5.3 76150.00 76151.00 76152.00

AL QT-12transparent glass

35W GY6.35 76150.00.T 76151.00.T 76152.00.T

AL QT-CB51transparent glass

50W GU5.3 76150.00.T 76151.00.T 76152.00.T

Light source Wattage Voltage Fitting Code Code

AL QT-12 sand-blasted glass

35W 12V GY6.35 76155.00 76156.00

AL QT-CB51 sand-blasted glass

50W GU5.3 76155.00 76156.00

AL QT-12transparent glass

35W GY6.35 76155.00.T 76156.00.T

AL QT-CB51transparent glass

50W GU5.3 76155.00.T 76156.00.T

Walkie Talkie 150 H107 round

Walkie Talkie 150 H107 square

floor

floor

plasterboard wall

plasterboard wall

*ceiling

The recess box is required for floor-mounted installation (see table on the right)

Product Recess box Dimensions Code

WT 150 H107 Floor 260×300×H111 76153.00 WT 150 H107 Floor 260×300×H111 76158.00

For installation on wall and ceiling ø155

ø164×H107 kg2.60

164×164×H107 kg2.60

For installation on wall and ceiling  155×155

Page 127: Martini - Outdoor 2015

126

Page 128: Martini - Outdoor 2015

127

Page 129: Martini - Outdoor 2015

128

scalato 14%

scalato 14%

scalato 14%

scalato 14%

scalato 14%

200kgIP67 IK07

200kgIP67 IK07 230V / 50Hz

230V / 50Hz

Light source Wattage Voltage Fitting Code Code Code

AL QT-12 sand-blasted glass

35W 12V GY6.35 76160.00 76161.00 76162.00

AL QT-CB51 sand-blasted glass

GU5.3 76160.00 76161.00 76162.00

AL QT-12transparent glass

GY6.35 76160.00.T 76161.00.T 76162.00.T

AL QT-CB51transparent glass

GU5.3 76160.00.T 76161.00.T 76162.00.T

Walkie Talkie 150 H137 round floor plasterboard wall

Light source Wattage Voltage Fitting Code Code

AL QT-12 sand-blasted glass

35W 12V GY6.35 76165.00 76166.00

AL QT-CB51 sand-blasted glass

GU5.3 76165.00 76166.00

AL QT-12transparent glass

GY6.35 76165.00.T 76166.00.T

AL QT-CB51transparent glass

GU5.3 76165.00.T 76166.00.T

Walkie Talkie 150 H137 square floor plasterboard wall

*ceiling

For AL QT-12 sources with sand-blasted glass: Max. glass temp. 85°CFor AL QT-12 sources with transparent glass: Max. glass temp. 90°CFor AL CB-51 sources with sand-blasted glass: Max. glass temp. 95°CFor AL CB-51 sources with transparent glass: Max. glass temp. 100°C

Swivelling light source only for versions .T code 76320.00Luminaire inclusive of electromagnetic transformer* Luminaire without upper glass

For installation on wall and ceiling ø155

The recess box is required for floor-mounted installation (see table on the right)

Product Recess box Dimensions Code

WT 150 H137 Floor 260×300×141 76163.00 WT 150 H137 Floor 260×300×141 76168.00

ø164×H137 kg2.90

164×164×H138 kg2.90

For installation on wall and ceiling  155×155

Page 130: Martini - Outdoor 2015

129

ø164×H247

scalato 14%

200 kg

200kg

IP67

IP67

IK07

IK07

230V / 50Hz

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

FL TC-Tsand-blasted glass

18W GX24d-2 3.70 76167.00

FL TC-Ttransparent glass

76167.00.T

AL PAR30Ssand-blasted glass

75W E27 3.40 76176.00

AL PAR30Stransparent glass

76176.00.T

FL Genura sand-blasted glass

23W 76176.00

FL Genura transparent glass

76176.00.T

Walkie Talkie 150 H247 round floor

For FL TC-T sources with sand-blasted glass: Max. glass temp. 40°CFor FL TC-T sources with transparent glass: Max. glass temp. 45°CFor AL PAR30S sources with sand-blasted glass: Max. glass temp. 100°CFor AL PAR30S sources with transparent glass: Max. glass temp. 105°CFor FL Genura sources with sand-blasted glass: Max. glass temp. 45°CFor FL Genura sources with transparent glass: Max. glass temp. 55°C

Recess box Dimensions Code

Floor 260×300×251 76169.00

Mains voltage operation

Page 131: Martini - Outdoor 2015

130

→ Walkie Talkie 50 AL round

→ Walkie Talkie 50 Walkie Talkie 90 Walkie Talkie 150

→ Walkie Talkie 50 AL Walkie Talkie 90 AL Walkie Talkie 150 AL

→ Walkie Talkie 50 AL square

Coloured dichroic filtersBlue code 92838.00Magenta code 92839.00Yellow code 92840.00Green code 92841.00Red code 92842.00

Coloured dichroic filtersBlue code 92843.00Magenta code 92844.00Yellow code 92845.00Green code 92846.00Red code 92847.00

Accessories

20W electronic control gear IP40110-240/24VDC112×38×H27code 76449.00

WT-50: suitable for controlling up to 17 luminaires

WT-90: suitable for controlling up to 4 luminaires

WT-150: suitable for controlling up to 2 luminaires

70W electronic control gear IP67 230-240/24VDC 250×75×H50code 38934.00

WT-50: suitable for controlling up to 60 luminaires

WT-90: suitable for controlling up to 15 luminaires

WT-150: suitable for controlling up to 8 luminaires

150W electronic control gearIP67 220-240/24VDC270×80×H55code 38935.00

WT-50: suitable for controlling up to 135 luminaires

WT-90: suitable for controlling up to 30 luminaires

WT-150: suitable for controlling up to 15 luminaires

105W electronic transformer 230-240V/50-60Hz 118×35×H21code 4.94094.81

210W electronic transformer 230-240V/50-60Hz 167×46×H34code 4.94095.00

20W electromagnetic control gear IP68ø72×110code 78476.00

100W electromagnetic control gear IP68140×133×H165code 76054.00

Page 132: Martini - Outdoor 2015

131

Page 133: Martini - Outdoor 2015

132 www.martinilight.com/walkie-talkie-rectangular

Body

Cast aluminium body and bezel, tempered lower glass with sand-blasted or transparent finish, upper glass with 10mm thickness and partially sand-blasted finish. Sand-blasted stainless steel visible frame. Wall- or floor-mounted installation.

Light sources

TC-SE compact fluorescent lamps.

Emissions

Diffuse symmetrical distribution.

Power supply

Integrated electromagnetic control gear.

Accessories

Recess box.

Colours

Stainless steel decorative frame.

WALKIE TALKIE RECTANGULARrecessed

recessed rectangular

recessed brick

• Brick recessed, installation on wall forUNI 8942/2 bricks

Page 134: Martini - Outdoor 2015

133

IP67 IK07 230V / 50Hz

scalato 14%

scalato 14%

IP67 IK07 230V / 50Hz

For FL TC-T sources: Max. glass temp. 45°C

* For plasterboard walls 265×75

Light source Wattage Fitting Code Code

FL TC-SE 11W 2G7 76180.00 76185.00

Light source Wattage Fitting Code

FL TC-SE 11W 2G7 76170.00

Walkie Talkie rectangular recessed

Walkie Talkie brick recessed

floor

wall with exposed bricks

Recess box for Dimensions Code

Floor 142×390×123 76183.00 Wall-mounted with bricks measuring 72×262×122 76173.00

plasterboard wall

Designed for bricks conforming to UNI 8942/2; 250×55×120

85×275×H118 kg2.30

70×260×H110 kg2.20

Page 135: Martini - Outdoor 2015

134

8668

83m

m

WALKIE TALKIE RGB

Body

Cast aluminium body and closing bezel, acid-etched diffusing glass, stainless steel fixing screws.

Light sources

Full Colour RGB LED max 3W.

Emissions

Diffuse.

Power supply

350 mA DC power supply.

Accessories

Controller, control box and signal amplifier for DMX 512 colour control system.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

GreyAnthracite grey

recessed walk-over

www.martinilight.com/walkie-talkie-rgb

• Compact dimensions: 83mm

Page 136: Martini - Outdoor 2015

135

scalato 14%

200kgIP67 IK07

68 86

For floors and solid wallsLuminaire inclusive of recess box for concreteDMX512 colour control system, see page 442

Light source Wattage Code

Full Colour RGB LED max. 3W 76491. _ _

Walkie Talkie RGB

Accessories

RGB control gearIP65 230-240V / 50-60Hz180×130×H80code 76492.00

Colour identification to be added to the code

ø83×H105×ø128 kg0.40

Page 137: Martini - Outdoor 2015

136

Page 138: Martini - Outdoor 2015

137

Page 139: Martini - Outdoor 2015

138

1 2

www.martinilight.com/walkie-talkie-colour

Body

Stainless steel body, tempered closing glass available in rounded or bulging version.

Light sources

One 1W LED available in the cool white, blue, amber, green or red versions.

Emissions

Symmetrical diffuse distribution for signalling purposes.

Power supply

24VDC power supply.

Accessories

Recess box for concrete, electronic control gears.

Colours

Stainless steel decorative frame.

WALKIE TALKIE COLOURrecessed

cool white red green amber blue

LEDs

1. Flat glass 2. Bulging glass

Page 140: Martini - Outdoor 2015

139

500kgIP68 IK09

Electronic control gear available as an accessory

Light source Wattage Voltage Code Code

LED Cool White 1W 24VDC 76440.00 76430.00 Blue 76441.00 76431.00 Amber 76442.00 76432.00 Green 76444.00 76434.00 Red 76445.00 76435.00

Walkie Talkie Colour

Accessories

Recess box for concrete65×65×H50code 76448.00

70W electronic control gearIP67 230-240/24VDC(suitable for controlling up to 65 luminaires)250×75×H50code 38934.00

20W electronic control gear IP40 110-240/24VDC(suitable for controlling up to 17 luminaires)112×38×H27code 76449.00

150W electronic control gearIP67 230-240/24VDC(suitable for controlling up to 145 luminaires)270×80×H55code 38935.00

flat glass bulging glass ø72×H34  ø48.5 0.15kg

scalato 21%

Page 141: Martini - Outdoor 2015

140

79

00

68

www.martinilight.com/walkie-talkie-pathmarker

Body

Recessed luminaire for grazing light illumination. Aluminium or stainless steel body with 66mm total diameter and 1, 2 or 12 apertures for light emission.

Light sources

One 1W LED available in the cool white, blue, amber, green or red versions.

Emissions

With 1, 2 and 12 beams, distributed around the edge of the body.

Power supply

12VDC power supply.

Accessories

Electronic control gear, pole height 200, 500 and 800mm, floor anchoring bracket and mounting bracket with anchor bolts for pole.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

Stainless steel

Coated aluminium:GreyCorten finish

WALKIE TALKIE PATH MARKERrecessed

2 beams 12 beams1 beam

cool white red green amber blue

LEDs

Page 142: Martini - Outdoor 2015

141

500kgIP68 IK10

scalati 21%scalato 21%

scalato 21%

68 79

100kgIP68 IK07

Electronic control gear available as an accessory

Light source Wattage Voltage Code Code Code

LED Cool White 1W 12VDC 76240.00 76250.00 76290.00 Blue 76241.00 76251.00 76291.00 Amber 76242.00 76252.00 76292.00 Green 76244.00 76254.00 76294.00 Red 76245.00 76255.00 76295.00

Light source Wattage Voltage Code Code Code

LED Cool White 1W 12VDC 76240. _ _ 76250. _ _ 76290. _ _ Blue 76241. _ _ 76251. _ _ 76291. _ _ Amber 76242. _ _ 76252. _ _ 76292. _ _ Green 76244. _ _ 76254. _ _ 76294. _ _ Red 76245. _ _ 76255. _ _ 76295. _ _

Walkie Talkie Path Marker stainless steel

Walkie Talkie Path Marker coated aluminium

Accessories

1 beam

1 beam

2 beams

2 beams

12 beams

12 beams

Colour identification to be added to the code

Pole H200 code 76237. _ _Pole H500 code 76238. _ _Pole H800 code 76239. _ _

Mounting bracket with anchor bolts for polecode 76267.00

Floor anchoring bracket for polecode 76266.00

15W electronic control gear IP20 230-240/12VDC(suitable for controlling 13 luminaires)118×39×H26code 38919.00

Recess box for concrete65×65×H80code 76268.00

70W electronic control gear IP67 230-240/12VDC(suitable for controlling 65 luminaires)250×75×H50code 38933.00

65×H10 (+10 recessed)  ø48,5 kg0.30

1 beam 2 beams

12 beams

12 beams65×H10 (+40 recessed)

  ø48,5 kg0,30

Page 143: Martini - Outdoor 2015

142 / 143142 / 143

Page 144: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Pier Filippo FerrariPORFIDO

Page 145: Martini - Outdoor 2015

144

88×88mm

76×76mm

www.martinilight.com/porfido

PORFIDO

Body

Recessed floor-mounted luminaire comprising a tempered moulded glass (thickness 7 mm) with acid-etched satin finish, supported by a die-cast aluminium support. Available with high-power LEDs in a variety of colours, including the RGB version. Basic dimensions 88×88 and 76×76mm.

Light sources

One 1W LED available in the warm white, cool white, blue, amber, green or red versions. Also available in the RGB Full Colour 3W version (1 LED).

Emissions

Symmetrical diffuse distribution for signalling purposes.

Power supply

Electronic control gear available as an accessory.

Accessories

Electronic control gears available in various wattages and IP ratings. DMX512 controller for RGB version.

Colours

Acid-etched satin moulded glass.

recessed walk-over/drive-over

• Static load capacity 1000kg.Maximum transit speed 30km/h

white red green amber blue RGB

LEDs

Page 146: Martini - Outdoor 2015

145

scalato 15%

scalato 15%

IP67 IK09

DMX512 colour controller see page 442 Control gear available as an accessory

Light source Wattage Voltage Code Code

Warm white LED 1W 12VDC 76288.00 76398.00 Cool white 76280.00 76390.00 Blue 76281.00 76391.00 Amber 76282.00 76392.00 Green 76284.00 76394.00 Red 76285.00 76395.00

RGB LED 3W — 76286.00 76396.00

Porfido 88×88×H75 76×76×H61

Warm white: CRI >80 / K 3000Cool white: CRI >80 / K 6050

Accessories

1000kg - maximum transit speed 30km/h

88×88×H75 kg0.70

76×76×H61 kg0.55

15W constant voltage control gearIP20 220-240/12VDC (suitable for controlling up to 13 luminaires)118×38.5×H50code 38919.00

70W constant voltage control gearIP67 230-240/12VDC (suitable for controlling up to 65 luminaires)250×75×H50code 38933.00

Page 147: Martini - Outdoor 2015

146 / 147

Page 148: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Martini StaffBRIkkO

Page 149: Martini - Outdoor 2015

148 www.martinilight.com/brikko

BRIkkO

Body

Square-shaped recessed or floor-mounted luminaire, size 101x101, depth 40mm. Powder-coated die-cast anodised aluminium body. Tempered 15mm thick glass with anti-slip glossy or ice finish.

Light sources

One 1W LED available in the warm white and cool white, blue, amber, green or red versions.

Emissions

Symmetrical diffuse distribution for signalling purposes.

Power supply

12VDC power supply

Accessories

Recess box for concrete and electronic control gears with various wattages and IP ratings.

Colours

Transparent glass or glass with anti-slip surface finish.

recessed walk-over / drive-over

anti-slip glass

transparent glass

LEDs

white red green amber blue

Page 150: Martini - Outdoor 2015

149

scalato 15%

IP67 IK09

Electronic control gear available as an accessory

Light source Wattage Voltage Code Code

LED White 1W 12V 75080 WW / CW 75090.00 WW / CW

Blue 75081.00 75091.00 Amber 75082.00 75092.00 Green 75084.00 75094.00 Red 75085.00 75095.00

Brikko transparent glass anti-slip glass

Accessories

15W constant voltageelectronic control gearIP20 230-240/12VDCsuitable for controlling up to 13 luminairescode 38919.00

70W constant voltageelectronic control gearIP67 230-240/12VDCsuitable for controlling up to 65 luminairescode 38933.00

Recess box for concretecode 93460.00

WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 80 / K 3000CW (Cool White): CRI >80 / lm 110 / K 6050

101×101×H40 kg0.70

1,000 kg - maximum transit speed 30km/h

Page 151: Martini - Outdoor 2015

150 / 151

Page 152: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Martini StaffWALKIE CAR

Page 153: Martini - Outdoor 2015

152

WALKIE CAR 230/300

www.martinilight.com/walkie-car-230-300

Body

IP67 floor-recessed luminaire, die-cast aluminium body and stainless steel bezel with tempered glass featuring high resistance to static loads. The lamps and LEDs are integrated into a swivelling structure with +\-15° inclination. The recess box is supplied with the luminaire.

Light sources

AR111 and PAR30S halogen lamps with incorporated reflector, and compact fluorescent lamps. Metal halide lamps with E27, G12 base and with double-ended R×7s base. High-power 25W or 34W COB LEDs available in the WW (Warm White, 3000K) CRI>80 version.The RGB version mounts 7 RGBW high-power LEDs (30W).

Emissions

Beam opening according to chosen lamp.High-vacuum metallic polycarbonate optics and high-performance white polycarbonate optic.

Power supply

Control gears incorporated in the body. The electromagnetic circuit on the metal halide version is equipped with a PFC capacitor.

Accessories

Baffle.

Colours

Stainless steel finish.

recessed drive-over

• Static load 1000kg, maximum transit speed 30km/h

Walkie Car 300

Walkie Car 230

Page 154: Martini - Outdoor 2015

153

ø232×H350scalato 8%

scalato 8%ø232×H350

scalato 8%ø232×H350

IP67

IP67

IK10

IK10

IP67 IK10

IP67 IK10

IP67 IK10

1000kg

1000kg

1000kg

1000kg

1000kg

1000kg

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

 230V / 50Hz

 230V / 50Hz

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

IP67 IK10

Light source Wattage Optic kg Code

12-LED 12W Medium 7.20 78851.00 NW / WW

Flood 78852.00 NW / WW

Elliptical 78853.00 NW / WW

7 RGBW LEDs* max. 29W Medium 7.20 78857.00 RGBW

Light source Wattage lm Beam kg Code

LEDs 25W 2130 25°+25°/21°+25° 5.00 78858.00 WW

34W 3260 26°+26°/24°+24° 78864.00 WW

LEDs 25W 2130 40°+40°/31°+41° 5.00 78868.00 WW

34W 2800 42°+42°/35°+40° 78865.00 WW

Light source Wattage Fitting Glass temp. kg Code

AL PAR30S 75W E27 max. 100°C 6.40 76223.00

AL AR111 50W G53 max. 125°C 7.00 76224.00

MH 35W G12 max. 90°C 7.30 76220.00

MH PAR30 35W E27 max. 90°C 7.50 76222.00

Light source Wattage Fitting Glass temp. kg Code

FL TC-T 26W GX24d-3 max. 70°C 6.60 76225.00

Walkie Car 230

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 1360 / K 4200WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 1200 / K 3000 RGBW: lm 1590

WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / K 3000

The LED unit can be adjusted by ±15° thanks to a swivelling system*DMX-RDM colour control system, see page 442

High-vacuum metallic polycarbonate optic

Inclusive of 75W lamp

Inclusive of 50W 24° lamp

High-performance white polycarbonate optic

Inclusive of 35W 3000K lamp

Inclusive of 35W 3000K 30° lamp

Luminaires supplied with recess box

Inclusive of 26W 3000K lamp

Accessories

Baffle(for HAL, MH, FL)code 76323.00

adjustable symmetrical optic ±15°

symmetrical optic

 Powered from the electricity mains

Page 155: Martini - Outdoor 2015

154

ø300×H380

scalato 6,5%

scalato 6,5%ø300×H380

IP67 IK10

IK10

Walkie Car 300

IP67

Accessori

IP67 IK10

1000kg

1000kg

1000kg

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

 230V / 50Hz

Light source Wattage Optic kg Code

24 White LEDs 30W Medium 10.2 78861.00 NW / WW

Flood 78862.00 NW / WW

Elliptical 78863.00 NW / WW

Light source Wattage Fitting Glass temp. kg Code

FL TC-TE 42W GX24q-4 max. 80°C 8.60 76235.00Inclusive of 42W 3000K 30° lamp

Inclusive of 150W 3000K lamp

Inclusive of 70W 3000K lamp

Inclusive of 100W 45° lamp

Luminaires supplied with recess box

Inclusive of 70W 3000K 40° lamp

adjustable symmetrical optic ±15°

symmetrical optic

Inclusive of 70W 3000K lamp

Light source Wattage Fitting Glass temp. kg Code

MH 70W G12 max. 125°C 10.0 76230.00

MH 150 W G12 max. 140°C 9.50 76231.00

The two LED units can be adjusted separately by ±15° thanks to a swivelling system

Walkie Car 300

Accessories

Baffle(for HAL, MH, FL)code 76330.00

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 3550 / K 4200WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 3120 / K 3000

MH PAR30 70W E27 max 130°C 10,3 76233.00

MH 70W RX7s max 100°C 10,0 76232.00

AL AR111 100W G53 max 210°C 9,70 76234.00

Page 156: Martini - Outdoor 2015

155

Page 157: Martini - Outdoor 2015

156

Page 158: Martini - Outdoor 2015

157

Page 159: Martini - Outdoor 2015

158

8668

79

1 2

www.martinilight.com/walkie-car-pathmarker

Body

Die-cast aluminium monoblock recessed luminaire with tempered protective glass. Stainless steel fixing screws. Compulsory specific recess box supplied with the luminaire.

Light sources

One cool white, blue, amber, green or red 1W LED. QT-12 halogen lamp and TC-T compact fluorescent lamp (18W).

Emissions

With 1, 2 and 4 beams, distributed around the edge of the body.

Power supply

Integrated electromagnetic control gear for the halogen and fluorescent versions.12VDC power supply for LED versions.

Accessories

Electronic control gear for LED versions.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

GreyAnthracite greyCorten finish

4 beams

2 beams1 beam

1. Static load capacity 500kg, maximum transit speed 10km/h

2. Reduced height 26mm

white red green amber blue

LEDs

WALKIE CAR PATH MARKERrecessed drive-over

Page 160: Martini - Outdoor 2015

159

scalato 10%

scalato 10%

scalato 10%500kgIP67 IK10

68 86 79

500kgIP67 IK10

scalato 10%

scalato 10%

scalato 10%

scalato 10%

scalato 10%

scalato 10%

500kgIP67 IK10

 230V / 50Hz

 230V / 50Hz

Light source Wattage Voltage Code Code Code

LED Cool White 1W 12VDC 76450. _ _ 76460. _ _ 76470. _ _ Blue 76451. _ _ 76461. _ _ 76471. _ _ Amber 76452. _ _ 76462. _ _ 76472. _ _ Green 76454. _ _ 76464. _ _ 76474. _ _ Red 76455. _ _ 76465. _ _ 76475. _ _

Walkie Car path marker* 1 beam

1 beam

2 beams

2 beams

4 beams

4 beams

Light source Wattage Fitting Glass temp. Code Code Code

AL QT-12 35W GY6.35 max. 70°C 76201. _ _ 76202. _ _ 76204. _ _

Light source Wattage Fitting Glass temp. Code Code Code

FL TC-T 18W GX24d-2 max. 50°C 76211. _ _ 76212. _ _ 76214. _ _

* Electronic control gear available as an accessoryInclusive of recess box

Inclusive of 35W lamp

Inclusive of 18W 3000K lamp

Colour identification to be added to the code

1 beam 2 beams 4 beams

Accessories

15W electronic control gearIP20 230-240/12VDC (suitable for controlling up to 6 luminaires)118×39×H28code 38919.00

70W electronic control gearIP67 230-240/12VDC (suitable for controlling up to 28 luminaires)250×75×H50code 38933.00

162×H25 (+56 recessed) 1.50kg

162×H25 (+220 recessed) 3.40kg

162×H25 (+330 recessed) 4.60kg

162×H25 (+220 recessed) 3.35kg

162×H25 (+330 recessed) 4.55kg

162×H25 (+220 recessed) 3.30kg

162×H25 (+330 recessed) 4.50kg

Page 161: Martini - Outdoor 2015

160 / 161

Page 162: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Martini StaffPIANA

Page 163: Martini - Outdoor 2015

162

PIANA

www.martinilight.com/piana

Piana 460 Piana 130Piana 360

Body

Die-cast aluminium IP67 recessed luminaire with stainless steel decorative frame. Tempered diffuser glass with temperature guaranteed under 75°. Available in three different sizes.

Light sources

Halogen lamps (10W and 20W), metal halide lamps (70W, 150W and 250W), high-pressure sodium lamps (150W and 250W), fluorescent lamps (26W, 32W, 42W and 57W).One 1W LED and three 1W LEDs available in the warm white, cool white and blue versions.

Emissions

Symmetrical or asymmetrical emission depending on the model and lamp.LED version with symmetrical spot and flood emission.

Power supply

Electronic and electromagnetic integrated control gear, with the exception of the QR-CB35 halogen version.

Accessories

Recess boxes. Electromagnetic control gear for model Piana 130. → see page 154

Colours

Stainless steel decorative frame.

recessed drive-over

• Static load capacity 5000kg

Maximum transit speed 50km/h

Page 164: Martini - Outdoor 2015

163

361×361×H253

131×131×H122scalato 6%

scalato 6%

scalato 6%

IP67 IK10 5000kg

IP67 IK10

IP67 IK10

IP67 IK10

IP67

IP67

IP67

IK10

IK10

IK10

SCALATO 6%

230V / 50Hz

230V / 50Hz

220-240V / 50-60Hz

220-240 / 50-60Hz

230V / 50Hz

220-240V / 50-60Hz

Control gear available as an accessory

Light source Wattage Fitting Optic °C (glass T) kg Code

1 LED Warm White 1W – Wide flood – 1.50 78448.00 Cool white 78453.00 Blue 78454.00

3 LEDs Warm White 3W – Spot – 78449.00 Cool white 78455.00 Blue 78456.00

AL QT-9 10W G4 Spot max. 70 78450.00Wallwasher 78451.00

Piana 130×130

5000kg - max. transit speed 50km/h

12VAC

5000kg - max. transit speed 50km/h

Light source Wattage Fitting Optic °C (glass T) kg Code

MH 70W RX7s Wallwasher max. 70 14.4 78458.00

FL TC-TE 26/32/42W GX24q-3/4 Wallwasher max. 55 14.0 78459.00

Light source Voltage Wattage Fitting °C (glass T) kg Code

AL QR-CB35 12V 20W GU4 max. 70 1.50 78452.00

Light source Wattage Fitting Optic °C (glass T) kg Code

MH/SHP 150 W RX7s-24 Wallwasher max. 75 28.0 78460.00

FL TC-TE 57W GX24q-5 Wallwasher max. 50 27.0 78461.00

Light source Wattage Fitting Optic °C (glass T) kg Code

MH 250W Fc2 Wallwasher max. 90 28.0 78464.00SHP 78465.00

Piana 360×360

Piana 460×460

5000kg - max. transit speed 50km/h

For information on the recess box, see page 154

5000kg - maximum transit speed 50km/h

5000kg - max. transit speed 50km/h

5000kg - max. transit speed 50km/h

461×461×H244.5

461×461×H244.5

Page 165: Martini - Outdoor 2015

164

236

236

122

265

345

125

388

388

265

378859

378

265

172

37837

8

265

Accessories

Electromagnetic control gear 20W IP68 230V/750Hzcode 78476.00*

* With 20W integrated electromagnetic control gear code 78476.00, recess box with housing required code 78471.00

→ Piana 130×130

→ Piana 360×360

→ Piana 460×460 Recess box378×378×H265code 78473.00

Recess box478×859×H265code 78474.00

Recess box236×236×H122code 78470.00

Recess box265×345×H125code 78471.00

Recess box388×388×H265code 78472.00

Page 166: Martini - Outdoor 2015

165

Page 167: Martini - Outdoor 2015

166 / 167

Page 168: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Martini StaffROOF

Page 169: Martini - Outdoor 2015

168

6886

ROOF IP65

www.martinilight.com/roof-ip65-outdoor

Body

Cast aluminium luminaire and tempered glass internal diffuser with satin finish, plastic rear compartment and stainless steel screws.

Light sources

TC-D fluorescent lamp with 18W and 26W wattage.

Emissions

Asymmetrical emission.

Power supply

Electromagnetic control gear incorporated into the luminaire.

Accessories

Compulsory metal recess box.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

GreyAnthracite grey

recessed wall-mounted

Page 170: Martini - Outdoor 2015

169

scalati 10%

 230V / 50HzIP65

68 86

246×H246×55 kg1.80visible 246×H246×15

Light source Wattage Fitting Code

FL TC-D 18W G24d-2 38914._ _

26W G24d-3 38915._ _

Roof IP65

Accessories

Compulsory recess box250×75×H272code 38918.00

Colour identification to be added to the code

Page 171: Martini - Outdoor 2015

170

68

ROOF LED

www.martinilight.com/roof-led-outdoor

Body

Die-cast aluminium body with rear sheet steel supporting structure. Sheet steel recess box.

Light sources

One 1W LED available in the cool white, blue, amber, green or red versions.One 4W LED available in the NW (Neutral White, 4000K) or WW (Warm White, 3000K) version.

Emissions

Asymmetrical emission.

Power supply

24VDC and 12VDC power supply.

Accessories

Electronic or electromagnetic control gear, recess box for concrete or masonry.

Colours

Grey

recessed wall-mounted

LEDs

redwhite green amber blue

Page 172: Martini - Outdoor 2015

171

scalato 19%

IP65

1949

60

178

Electronic control gear available as an accessory

Light source Voltage Wattage Code

White LED 24VDC 4W 78870.68 NW / WW

LED Cool White 12VDC 1W 38900.68 Blue 38901.68 Amber 38902.68 Green 38904.68 Red 38905.68

Roof LED

Accessories

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 250 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 220 / K 3000

90×H115×52 kg0.20visible 90×H90

plasterboard drilling 78×78solid wall drilling 204×188×70

150W constant voltageelectronic control gearIP67 220-240/24VDC(suitable for controlling up to 30 luminaires)270×80×H55code 38935.00

70W constant voltage electronic control gearIP67 230-240/24VDC(suitable for controlling up to 16 luminaires)250×75×H50code 38934.00

70W constant voltage electronic control gearIP67 230-240/12VDC(suitable for controlling 50 luminaires)250×75×H50code 38933.00

Recess box for solid wallscode 38908.00Recess box for concretecode 38909.00

20W constant voltage electronic control gearIP20 110-240/24VDC(suitable for controlling up to 4 luminaires)118×39×H28code 76449.00

15W constant voltage electronic control gearIP20 230-240/12VDC(suitable for controlling 12 luminaires)118×39×H28code 38919.00

→ Roof LED 4W

→ Roof LED 1W

Page 173: Martini - Outdoor 2015

172 / 173

Page 174: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Martini StaffPINS

Page 175: Martini - Outdoor 2015

174

00L00S21

www.martinilight.com/pins-outdoor

PINSrecessed

Body

Grade 316L stainless steel or anodised aluminium body, tempered protective glass and anodised aluminium heat sink. Luminaire equipped with springs, O-ring and 40cm-long electric cable.

Light sources

One 1W, 2W and 3W LED, available in the WW (Warm White, 3000K) version.

Emissions

Roto-symmetrical or diffuse distribution for signalling purposes.

Power supply

350mA, 500mA or 700mA power supply.

Accessories

Electronic control gears and recess box for installation in solid walls.→ see page 167

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

Polished stainless steelSatin stainless steelNatural anodised

Page 176: Martini - Outdoor 2015

175

00L 00S 21

IP67

IP67

IP67

Light source Wattage Beam Code

LEDs 1W 120° 79030. _ _ WW

Light source Wattage Beam Code

LEDs 1W/2W 25° 79031. _ _ WW

40° 79032. _ _ WW

120° 79033. _ _ WW

Light source Wattage Beam Code

LEDs 1W/2W/3W 25° 79034. _ _ WW

40° 79035. _ _ WW

120° 79036. _ _ WW

Pins ø27

Pins ø40

Pins ø47

WW (Warm White): K 3000

WW (Warm White): K 3000

WW (Warm White): K 3000

Equipped with electrical cable 2×0.75 L=40cm, springs (for plasterboard) and O-ring (for floors and solid walls with recess box)Electronic control gear available as an accessory

Pins ø27 / Pins ø40 / Pins ø47

Colour identification to be added to the code

ø27×H50  ø20 kg0.05

ø40×H55  ø33 kg0.07

ø47×H65  ø41 kg0.08

350mA / 500mA / 700mA constant voltage

350mA / 500mA constant voltage

350mA constant voltage

Page 177: Martini - Outdoor 2015

176

00L 00S 21

IP67

IP67

IP67

Light source Wattage Beam Code

LEDs 1W/2W/3W 25° 79037. _ _ WW

40° 79038. _ _ WW

120° 79039. _ _ WW

Light source Wattage Beam Code

LEDs 1W/2W/3W 25° 79043. _ _ WW

40° 79044. _ _ WW

120° 79045. _ _ WW

Light source Wattage Beam Code

LEDs 1W/2W 120° 79047.11 WW

79047.21 WW

Pins ø52

Pins 45×45

Pins 77.4×32.4

WW (Warm White): K 3000

WW (Warm White): K 3000

WW (Warm White): K 3000

Equipped with electrical cable 2×0.75 L=40cm, springs (for plasterboard) and O-ring (for floors and solid walls with recess box)Electronic control gear available as an accessory

Suitable for wall-mounted installation

Pins ø52 / Pins 45×45 / Pins 77.4×32.4

Colour identification to be added to the code

ø52×H70  ø44 kg0.10

45×45×H65  ø41 kg0.08

77,4×32,4×H30  26×70 kg0.15

350mA / 500mA / 700mA constant voltage

350mA / 500mA / 700mA constant voltage

350mA / 500mA constant voltage

Page 178: Martini - Outdoor 2015

177

74

2880

92

ø64

ø19

92

ø60

ø40

92

ø64

ø31

92

ø60

ø42

Accessories for Pins

Electronic control gear *17W IP20350mA constant current 220-240V / 50-60Hz(suitable for controlling up to 12 luminaires)123×38×H21code 35188.00

Electronic control gear *17W IP20500mA constant current 220-240V / 50-60Hz(suitable for controlling up to 7 luminaires)123×38×H21code 35192.00

Galvanised sheet steel recess box28×74×H80code 79057.00

Electronic control gear * 17W IP20700mA constant current220-240V / 50-60Hz(suitable for controlling up to 5 luminaires)123×38×H21code 35189.00

* Control gears to be installed remotely

PVC recess boxø64×H90/ø19code 79051.00

PVC recess boxø60×H92/ø40code 79053.00

PVC recess boxø64×H92/ø31code 79052.00

PVC recess boxø60×H92/ø42code 79054.00

→ Pins ø27

→ Pins ø40

→ Pins ø47 Pins 45×45

→ Pins ø52

→ Pins 77.4×32.4

Page 179: Martini - Outdoor 2015

178 / 179178 / 179

Page 180: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Martini StaffNETWORK

Page 181: Martini - Outdoor 2015

180

NETWORK

www.martinilight.com/network

Body

Front diffuser screen made of moulded polycarbonate with stainless steel rear support. Spring release system for light source replacement.

Light sources

Linear fluorescent lamp, 8W T5-G5.

Emissions

Diffuse symmetrical distribution.

Power supply

Integrated electronic control gear.

Accessories

Housing for concrete.

Colours

Front screen with translucent satin finish.

recessed wall-mounted

• Spring device for securing and releasing the light source

Page 182: Martini - Outdoor 2015

181

IP65  220-240V / 50-60Hz

scalato 10%Light source Wattage Fitting Code

FL T5 8W G5 76174.00

Network

Compulsory accessory

Housing for concrete walls 335×108×H50code 76175.00

335×108×H40 kg0.70

Page 183: Martini - Outdoor 2015

182 / 183

Page 184: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Martini StaffSTEP

Page 185: Martini - Outdoor 2015

184

00

STEP

www.martinilight.com/step

recessed

Body

Extruded aluminium structure with stainless steel end caps, extra-clear tempered protective glass with silicone gaskets. Satin stainless steel visible bezel with 2 fixing screws. Supplied with 50cm power cable.

Light sources

4.5W LED module available in the NW (Neutral White, 4000K) and WW (Warm White, 3000K) CRI>80 versions.

Emissions

Asymmetrical diffuse.

Power supply

24VDC power supply.

Accessories

Electronic control gears, 1-10V dimmable and DALI electronic control gears. Compulsory stainless steel recess box.

Colours

Steel

Page 186: Martini - Outdoor 2015

185

IP65

scalato 10%Light source Wattage Code

LEDs 4.5W 76078.00 NW / WW

Compulsory recess box 76079.00

Step

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 360 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 345 / K 3000

Electronic control gear available as an accessory

60W electronic control gear 220-240V/50-60Hz 45.5×254×H35.5code 30537.00

150W electronic control gear 220-240V/50-60Hz 63.5×270×H41code 30539.00

75W DALI dimmable electronic control gear220-240V/50-60Hz 46×220×H44code 30567.00

35W electronic control gear 220-240V/50-60Hz 43×185×H30code 30536.00

100W electronic control gear 220-240V/50-60Hz 63.5×270×H41code 30538.00

80W DALI dimmableelectronic control gear220-240V/50-60Hz 52.5×244×H36code 30566.00

150W electronic control gear IP67 220-240V/24VDCcode 38935.00

70W electronic control gearIP67 230-240V/24VDCcode 38934.00

Accessories

24V constant voltage

400×55×H36.6  360×40 kg0.90

Page 187: Martini - Outdoor 2015

186 / 187

Page 188: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Martini StaffSet IP65

Page 189: Martini - Outdoor 2015

188

116879

SET IP65

www.martinilight.com/set-ip65

Body

Die-cast aluminium body, steel ring with built-in springs, subjected to anodising treatment and subsequently coated. Satin closing glass.

Light sources

High-power 13W COB LED available in the NW (Neutral White, 4000K) and WW (Warm White, 3000K) CRI>80 version.

Emissions

Symmetrical diffuse emission with 100° beam angle.

Power supply

500mA DC power supply.

Accessories

Electronic control gear.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

Satin-finish whiteGreyCorten finish

recessed

Page 190: Martini - Outdoor 2015

189

IP65

scalato 12%

796811

Light source Wattage Beam Code

LEDs 13W 100° 79955._ _ NW / WW

Set IP65

Accessories

 500mA constant voltage

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 1530 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 1450 / K 3000

Colour identification to be added to the code

Electronic control gear 26W IP67 220-240V / 50-60Hz (suitable for controlling 1 NW LED)40,5×134×H31code 30589.00

ø140×H72  ø134 kg1.10

Page 191: Martini - Outdoor 2015

190 / 191

Page 192: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Giampiero PeiaPerla IP65

Page 193: Martini - Outdoor 2015

192

11

Perla IP65

www.martinilight.com/perla-ip65

Body

Anodised and coated aluminium body manufactured by means of a spin-forming and laser-cutting process. The optical assembly is secured through a sheet steel ring locked by a stainless steel spring. The LED module consists of a die-cast aluminium component supporting the electronic plate equipped with the COB LED. Satin closing glass.

light sources

High-power 18W COB LED available in the NW (Neutral White, 4000K) and WW (Warm White, 3000K) CRI >80 versions.

emissions

Symmetrical downlight. 80° beam opening.

Power supply

500mA DC power supply.

accessories

Electronic control gears, round and square decorative rings.

Colours

Satin-finish white

recessed

Page 194: Martini - Outdoor 2015

193

scalato 12%

IP65

Light source Wattage Beam Code

LEDs 13W 80° 79948._ _ NW / WW

Perla IP65

accessories

 500mA constant voltage

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 1530 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 1450 / K 3000

Round decorative ring (Ø 200)code 93440.11

Square decorative ring (205×205)code 93441.11

26W IP67 electronic control gear (suitable for controlling 1 LED)40.5×134×H31code 30589.00

ø160×H155  ø165 kg1.50

Page 195: Martini - Outdoor 2015

194 / 195

Page 196: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Giorgio Martini, Giordana Arcesilai, Renzo TedeschiTOTEM

Page 197: Martini - Outdoor 2015

196

688679

1 2 3 4 5 6

www.martinilight.com/totem

TOTEM

Body

Electrified extruded aluminium cartridge with 130mm diameter and methacrylate outer protective screen. Extruded aluminium poles of various heights.

Light sources

WW (Warm White, 3000K) 16W COB LED. Metal halide lamps (35W), compact fluorescent lamps (18W, 22W, 26W and 46W), A60 halogen lamp.

Emissions

Roto-symmetrical diffused optic. Metal halide version available, with emission partly directed upwards.

Power supply

Electromagnetic control gear for the metal halide version, electromagnetic or electronic control gear for models mounting fluorescent lamps and integrated electronic control gear for the LED version.

Accessories

Micro-perforated screen or glass diffuser, mounting bracket, poles with 600mm, 1000mm and 2000mm height.→ see page 202

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

GreyAnthracite grey Corten finish

on-ground luminairewall-mounted

1. Emission with fluorescent lamp

2. Emission with metal halide lamp

3. Emission with metal halide lamp

4. Emission with two screens (120°)

5. Emission with one screen (240°)

6. Emission without screens

Page 198: Martini - Outdoor 2015

197

scalato 6%

scalato 6%

scalato 6%

scalato 6%

IP65 IK06 220-240V / 50-60Hz

IP65 IK06 220-240V / 50-60Hz

IP65 IK06 230V / 50Hz

IP65

IP65

IP65 IK06 230V / 50Hz

IP65 IK06 220-240V / 50-60Hz

798668

ø130×H540

ø130×H240

ø130×H360

ø130×H600/1000Light source Wattage mm (L) kg Code

LEDs 16W 600 7.40 76427._ _ WW

1000 9.00 76428._ _ WW

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

AL A60 46W E27 4.50 76598._ _

FL TC-EL 22W 76598._ _

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

FL TC-D 26W G24d-3 6.50 76596._ _

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

FL TC-TE 42W GX24q-4 5.90 76597._ _

Totem bollard*

Totem wall-mounted

WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 1810 / K 3000

Colour identification to be added to the code

* Luminaire inclusive of head and pole** Modular luminaireMethacrylate outer protection

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

FL TC-L 18W 2G11 4.70 76593._ _

FL TC-D 26W G24d-3 5.10 76592._ _

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

FL TC-TE 42W GX24q-4 4.20 76594._ _

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

AL A60 46W E27 5.0 76591._ _

FL TC-EL 22W 76591._ _

Totem cartridge 240**

 Constant mains voltage operation

 Constant mains voltage operation

Page 199: Martini - Outdoor 2015

198

 230V / 50HzIP65

scalato 6%

scalato 6%

scalato 6%

scalato 6%

scalato 6%

798668

Light source Wattage Fitting Code

FL TC-L 36W 2G11 76595._ _

Light source Wattage Fitting Code

FL T8 58W G13 76373._ _

Light source Wattage Fitting Code Code

MH 35W G12 76368._ _ 76370._ _

Light source Wattage Fitting Code

MH 35W G12 76369._ _

Totem cartridge 435**

Totem cartridge 1550**

Totem MH cartridge 175**

Totem MH cartridge 850**

Colour identification to be added to the code

** Modular luminaireMethacrylate outer protection.

direct emission direct-indirect

ø130×H1550 kg10.0

ø130×H435 kg6.00

ø130×H175 kg5.50ø130×H175 kg5.20

ø130×H850 kg8.70

Page 200: Martini - Outdoor 2015

199

Page 201: Martini - Outdoor 2015

200

688679

MINITOTEM

www.martinilight.com/minitotem

Body

Electrified extruded aluminium cartridges with 85mm diameter and methacrylate outer protective screen, extruded aluminium poles with base H=600mm or 1000mm for the fluorescent version. Total height 500mm and 700mm for the LED version.

Light sources

Compact fluorescent lamp, 26W. WW (Warm White, 3000K) 9W COB LED.

Emissions

Roto-symmetrical diffused optic.

Power supply

Integrated electronic or electromagnetic control gear.

Accessories

Poles with 600mm and 1000mm height with flange or for buried installation and mounting plate kit.→ see page 202

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

GreyAnthracite grey Corten finish

bollardwall-mounted

Page 202: Martini - Outdoor 2015

201

scalato 8%

scalato 8%

scalato 8%

scalato 8%IP65 IK06 220-240V / 50-60Hz

Apparecchio completo di testa e palo

IP65 IK06 230V / 50Hz

IP65 IK06 230V / 50Hz

798668

Light source Wattage mm (L) Code

LEDs 9W 500 76348._ _ WW

700 76349._ _ WW

Light source Wattage Fitting Code

FL TC-D 26W G24d-3 76352._ _

Light source Wattage Fitting Code

FL TC-D 26W G24d-3 76347._ _

Minitotem bollard

Minitotem wall-mounted

WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 1060 / K 3000

Colour identification to be added to the code

Modular luminaire

Methacrylate outer protection

ø85×H450 kg2.70ø85×H500/700 kg4.00/4.50

ø85×H449 kg4.20

Page 203: Martini - Outdoor 2015

202

798668

Ø 130

180

Ø 130

2000

500

Accessories for Totem

Micro-perforated screen with white polycarbonate(3-piece kit)code 76381.00

Glass diffusercode 76384.00

Mounting plate with anchor boltscode 76380.00

Micro-perforated screen with white polycarbonate(3-piece kit)code 76382.00

Glass diffusercode 76385.00

Micro-perforated screencode 76383.00

Pole H2000 (above-ground)code 76377._ _

Pole H600code 76375._ _

Pole H1000code 76376._ _

→ Cartridge 240

→ Bollard

→ Cartridge 240→ Cartridge 435→ Cartridge 1550→ Cartridge MH 175→ Cartridge MH 850

→ Cartridge 435

→ Cartridge 1550

Colour identification to be added to the code

Accessories for Minitotem

Pole with base secured with anchor bolts H600code 76355._ _

Pole with base secured with anchor bolts H1000code 76356._ _

Mounting plate + anchor bolts kitcode 76359.00

Pole for buried installationH600 above groundcode 76357._ _

Pole for buried installationH1000 above groundcode 76358._ _

Page 204: Martini - Outdoor 2015

203

Page 205: Martini - Outdoor 2015

204 / 205

Page 206: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Lapo GrasselliniMoon

Page 207: Martini - Outdoor 2015

206

116879

www.martinilight.com/moon

MOON

Body

Extruded aluminium body in two sizes with die-cast upper end cap.

Light sources

9W 3000K COB LED for the single-emission version and 2×6W COB LEDs, each 3000K, for the dual-emission version.

Emissions

Downwards, single- and dual-emission.

Power supply

Integrated electronic control gear.

Accessories

Ground prong kit, anchoring spike kit.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

Satin-finish whiteGreyCorten finish

bollard

MoonSingle-emission

MoonDual-emission

Dua

l-em

issi

on

Sing

le-e

mis

sion

Page 208: Martini - Outdoor 2015

207

126×88×H

126×108×H

7911 68

IP65  220-240V / 50-60Hz

scalato 8%

scalato 8%

Colour identification to be added to the code

Accessories

Ground prong kitcode 76827.00

Anchoring plate kitcode 76828.00

Light source Wattage kg mm (H) Code

LEDs 9W 2.60 500 76825. _ _ WW

3.40 700 76864. _ _ WW

Light source Wattage kg mm (H) Code

LEDs 2×6W 3.10 500 76826. _ _ WW

3.50 700 76866. _ _ WW

Moon single-emission

Moon single-emission

WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 1060 / K 3000

WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 840 / K 3000

Page 209: Martini - Outdoor 2015

208 / 209208 / 209

Page 210: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Martini StaffBASKET

Page 211: Martini - Outdoor 2015

210

89

BASKETsurface-mounted luminaire

www.martinilight.com/basket

Body

Extruded aluminium structure with die-cast aluminium heads tilted by 20°, opal plastic screen. Versions available with 250mm and 800mm height.

Light sources

6W SMD LEDs, available in the CW (Cool White, 6000K) and WW (Warm White, 3000K) CRI>80 versions.

Emissions

Diffuse light distribution.

Power supply

Integrated electronic control gear.

Colours

Graphite grey

Page 212: Martini - Outdoor 2015

211

250

800

IP65  220-240V / 50-60Hz

Light source Wattage Code

LEDs 6W 78871.89 CW / WW

Basket

CW (Cool White): CRI >80 / lm 600 / K 6000WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 600 / K 3000

H250 H800

Code

78872.89 CW / WW

ø150×210×H800 kg2.90

ø150×210×H250 kg1.70

Page 213: Martini - Outdoor 2015

212 / 213

Page 214: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Giampiero PeiaEGO

Page 215: Martini - Outdoor 2015

214

59

www.martinilight.com/ego-outdoor-marble

EGO MARBLE

Body

White Calacatta Carrara marble body derived from a single block of selected marble. The undecorated full part houses the optical body and control gear.

Light sources

LED system mounting 20W lamps available in the NW (Neutral White, 4000K) and WW (Warm White, 3000K) CRI>80 versions.

Emissions

With 100° beam angle. The light filters through the pattern designed on the tube and radiates upwards.

Power supply

Integrated electronic control gear.

Colours

White Calacattamarble

bollard

Page 216: Martini - Outdoor 2015

215

IP65 220-240V / 50-60Hz

scalato 5%Light source Wattage Beam Code

LEDs 20W 100° 78696. 59 NW / WW

Ego

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 1200 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 1150 / K 3000

ø190×H600 kg9.50

Page 217: Martini - Outdoor 2015

216

118679

www.martinilight.com/ego-outdoor

EGO

Body

Laser-worked steel tube with surface treatment for protection against atmospheric agents and subsequent coating. The full part of the sheet steel houses the optical body and control gear. Optical assembly situated at the base or top of the product.

Light sources

LED system mounting 14W or 20W lamps in the NW (Neutral White, 4000K) or WW (Warm White, 3000K) versions.

Emissions

With 8° or 100° beam angle. The light filters through the pattern designed on the tube and radiates upwards or downwards depending on the product.

Power supply

Integrated electronic control gear.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

Satin-finish whiteAnthracite greyCorten finish

ceiling-mountedpendantsurface-mounted luminairebollard

surf

ace-

mou

nted

lum

inai

re /

emis

sion

from

abo

ve

pend

ant

Page 218: Martini - Outdoor 2015

217

IP65 220-240V / 50-60Hz

5%

scalato 5%

scalato 5%

scalato 5%

11 86 79Colour identification to be added to the code

Light source Wattage Beam Code

LEDs 20W 8° 78687. _ _ NW / WW

Light source Wattage Beam Code

LEDs 20W 8° 78688. _ _ NW / WW

Light source Wattage Beam Code

LEDs 20W 8° 78686. _ _ NW / WW

Light source Wattage Beam Code

LEDs 14W 100° 78689. _ _ NW / WW

Ego pendant

Ego ceiling-mounted

Ego surface-mounted luminaire / emission from below

Ego surface-mounted luminaire / emission from above

emission from below ø220×H1800 kg21.0 emission from above ø220×H1980 kg24.0

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 1200 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 1150 / K 3000

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 1200 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 1150 / K 3000

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 1530 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 1450 / K 3000

pendant/ceiling-mountedø180×H600 kg 4.50

(pendant cable max. L 1500)

Page 219: Martini - Outdoor 2015

218

scalato 5%

scalato 5%

scalato 5%

IP65 220-240V / 50-60Hz

11 86 79

Light source Wattage Beam mm [L] Code

LEDs 20W 8° 600 78685. _ _ NW / WW

1000 78694. _ _ NW / WW

Light source Wattage Beam Code

LEDs 14W 100° 78695. _ _ NW / WW

Ego bollard / emission from below

Ego bollard / emission from above

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 1530 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 1450 / K 3000

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 1200 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 1150 / K 3000

Colour identification to be added to the code

ø180×H900 kg6.50

ø180×H600 kg4.50 ø180×H1000 kg6.50

Page 220: Martini - Outdoor 2015

219

Page 221: Martini - Outdoor 2015

220 / 221

Page 222: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Mauro SaitoCEPPO / SPILLO

Page 223: Martini - Outdoor 2015

222

8632

CEPPO / SPILLO

www.martinilight.com/ceppo-spillo

Body

Cast aluminium structure with opal PMMA diffuser body.

Light sources

T5 fluorescent lamps, 8W on Ceppo and 24W on Spillo.

Emissions

Radial diffuse emission.

Power supply

Integrated electronic control gear.

Accessories

Anchoring plate with anchor bolts and spike for installation on ground.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

Embossed-effect greyAnthracite grey

bollard

Cep

po

Spill

o

Page 224: Martini - Outdoor 2015

223

IP65  220-240V / 50-60Hz

8632

scalato 8%

scalato 8%

Light source Wattage Fitting Code

FL T5 8W G5 76845._ _

Light source Wattage Fitting Code

FL T5 24W G5 76855._ _

Ceppo

Spillo

Accessories

Spike for installation on ground code 76847.00

Spike for installation on ground code 76857.00

Anchoring plate with anchor boltscode 76858._ _

→ Ceppo

→ Spillo

Colour identification to be added to the code

170×85×H580 kg5.40

170×85×H1070 kg7.00

Page 225: Martini - Outdoor 2015

224 / 225

Page 226: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Martini StaffLUCYLLE

Page 227: Martini - Outdoor 2015

226

1 2

68

LUCYLLE

www.martinilight.com/lucylle

Body

An IP65 luminaire with extruded aluminium base supporting two harmonic steel bars that enclose the wiring for the extra-low-voltage LED. The harmonic steel bars sway and return to their original position. A high-power LED, in various colours, is positioned on the end of the harmonic steel bars, enclosed in a satin methacrylate capsule.

Light sources

One 1W LED available in the cool white version, or one blue, amber, green or red 1W LED.

Emissions

Symmetrical diffuse distribution for signalling purposes.

Power supply

12VDC power supply.

Accessories

Electronic control gears. Mounting base with anchor bolts and spike for anchoring the luminaire to the floor.

Colours

Grey

floor-standing luminaire

1. Plastic spacer2. Mounting base

white red green amber blue

LEDs

Page 228: Martini - Outdoor 2015

227

IP65

scalato 6%

Light source Voltage Wattage Code

Cool White LED 12VDC 1W 76930.00 Blue 76931.00 Amber 76932.00 Green 76934.00 Red 76935.00

Lucylle

Accessories

Mounting base ø80 for anchoring with anchor boltscode 76936.00

Spike H300 for floor-mounted installationcode 76937.00

 12V Constant voltage

ø40×H1450 kg2.00

15W constant voltageelectronic control gearIP20 230-240V/12VDC(suitable for controlling up to 13 luminaires)code 38919.00

70W constant voltageelectronic control gearIP67 230-240V/12VDC(suitable for controlling up to 65 luminaires)code 38933.00

Page 229: Martini - Outdoor 2015

228 / 229228 / 229

Page 230: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Lapo Grassellini, Pier Filippo Ferrari

FRATTO QFRATTO PLus

Page 231: Martini - Outdoor 2015

230

688679

www.martinilight.com/fratto-q

FRATTO Q

Body

Extruded aluminium body, methacrylate opal diffuser and aluminium upper end cap secured with 4 stainless steel screws.

Light sources

Fluorescent lamps: 11W TC-SE, 8W and 24W T5 and 13W TC-DE.

Emissions

Diffuse emission, thanks to the opal finish of the screens.

Power supply

Integrated electronic control gear.

Accessories

Anchoring plate and spike for ground installation.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

GreyAnthracite greyCorten finish

bollard

Frat

to Q

275

Frat

to Q

528

Frat

to Q

800

Page 232: Martini - Outdoor 2015

231

scalato 8%

scalato 8%

scalato 8%

125×125×H

220-240V / 50-60HzIP65

798668

125×125×H275

125×125×H

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

FL TC-DE 13W G24q-1 3.20 76834._ _

Light source Wattage Fitting mm (H) kg Code

FL TC-SE 11W 2G7 500 4.60 76836._ _

800 8.00 76860._ _

Light source Wattage Fitting mm (H) kg Code

FL T5 8W G5 528 5.30 76835._ _

24W 800 8.00 76837._ _

Fratto Q 275

Fratto Q 500/800

Fratto Q 528/800

Accessories

Bracket with anchor bolts code 76839.00

Colour identification to be added to the code

Spike for floor-mounted installationcode 76838.00

Page 233: Martini - Outdoor 2015

232

688679

Body

Extruded aluminium body available in two sizes L=528-800mm, methacrylate opal diffuser and aluminium upper end cap secured with 4 stainless steel screws.

Light sources

Fluorescent lamp: 8W and 24W T5-G5.

Emissions

Radial diffuse emission.

Power supply

Integrated electronic control gear.

Accessories

Anchoring plate and spike for ground installation.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

GreyAnthracite greyCorten

FRATTO PLus

www.martinilight.com/fratto-plus

bollard

Page 234: Martini - Outdoor 2015

233

scalato 8%

scalato 8%

IP65  220-240V / 50-60Hz

798668

Light source Wattage Fitting mm (H) Code

FL T5 8W G5 528 76861._ _

24W 800 76862._ _

Fratto Plus

Accessories

Bracket with anchor bolts code 76839.00

Colour identification to be added to the code

Spike for floor-mounted installationcode 76838.00

125×125×H800 kg8.00

125×125×H528 kg5.30

Page 235: Martini - Outdoor 2015

234 / 235

Page 236: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Gianni RigoRIGA

Page 237: Martini - Outdoor 2015

236

6886

RIGA

www.martinilight.com/riga

Body

Optical assembly made of high-thickness glass sheets held together by a special adhesive layer; extruded aluminium base supporting the control gear.

Light sources

SMD LED module, 8W and 14W. Available in the NW (Neutral White, 4000K) and WW (Warm White, 3000K) versions.

Emissions

Radial diffuse emission.

Power supply

Integrated electronic control gear.

Accessories

Mounting base with anchor bolts, spike for installation on ground.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

GreyAnthracite grey

bollard

Rig

a 65

0

Rig

a 85

5

Page 238: Martini - Outdoor 2015

237

scalato 8%

scalato 8%

IP65  220-240V / 50-60Hz

75×35×H855

75×35×H650

Light source Wattage mm (H) kg Code

LEDs 8W 650 3.00 76850._ _ NW / WW

14W 855 3.90 76851._ _ NW / WW

Riga 650/855

Accessories

Spike for groundcode 76843.00

8668Colour identification to be added to the code

Accessories for electrical connection → see page 440Luminaire equipped with a pre-assembled power cable (L=2m).

Base for mounting with anchor boltscode 76844._ _

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 690-1200 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 660-1150 / K 3000

Page 239: Martini - Outdoor 2015

238 / 239

Page 240: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Martini StaffFIX

Page 241: Martini - Outdoor 2015

240

1 2

6886

Body

Aluminium plate with anti-oxidation treatment, central satin methacrylate diffuser and stainless steel fixing screws.

Light sources

1W, 12VDC high-power LEDs, available in cool white, blue, amber, green and red versions.

Emissions

Diffuse, thanks to the satin screen.

Power supply

12VDC power supply

Accessories

Electronic control gear available as an accessory

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

GreyAnthracite grey

FIX

www.martinilight.com/fix

wall-mounted luminaire

1. Wall-mounted 2. Ceiling-

mounted

cool white red green amber blue

LEDs

Page 242: Martini - Outdoor 2015

241

IP65

scalato 15%

8668

Light source Voltage Wattage Code

Cool White LED 12VDC 1W 76480._ _

Blue 76481._ _

Amber 76482._ _

Green 76484._ _

Red 76485._ _

Colour identification to be added to the code

 12V constant voltage

Fix ø87×25 kg0.30

15W Constant voltage control gearIP20 230-240V/12VDC (suitable for controlling up to 4 luminaires)118×38.5×H50code 38919.00

70W constant voltage control gearIP67 230-240V/12VDC (suitable for controlling up to 19 luminaires)250×75×H50code 38933.00

Accessories

Page 243: Martini - Outdoor 2015

242 / 243

Page 244: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Stephan BabianZEN

Page 245: Martini - Outdoor 2015

244

1 2

79

6886

ZEN

Body

Laser-cut metal luminaire with sand-blasted tempered glass diffuser screen.

Light sources

Sylvania Micro-Lynx F compact fluorescent lamp, 6W. QT-14 halogen lamp, 48W.T5-C fluorescent lamp, 22W.

Emissions

Direct diffuse.

Power supply

Electronic control gear incorporated in the luminaire for the T5-C fluorescent version; mains voltage for the halogen and Micro-Lynx F fluorescent versions.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

GreyAnthracite greyCorten finish

wall- / ceiling-mounted

1. Wall-mounted 2. Ceiling-mounted

www.martinilight.com/zen

Page 246: Martini - Outdoor 2015

245

scalato 8%

scalato 8%

7986

IP54

IP54  220-240V / 50-60Hz

68

Light source Wattage Fitting Code

FL Sylvania Micro-Lynx F 6W GX53 76716._ _

AL QT-14 48W G9 76715._ _

Light source Wattage Fitting Code

FL T5-C 22W 2GX13 76718._ _

Zen

Colour identification to be added to the code

 Mains voltage operation

ø200×103 kg1.80

ø310×127 kg4.00

Page 247: Martini - Outdoor 2015

246 / 247

Page 248: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Martini StaffPIPE

Page 249: Martini - Outdoor 2015

248

89

1 2

PIPE

www.martinilight.com/pipe

ceiling-mountedwall-mounted

Body

Extruded aluminium structure with die-cast aluminium end caps, extra-clear protective glass screens with silicone gaskets. Available in the wall-mounted, dual-emission and ceiling-mounted version.

Light sources

10W COB LED available in the NW (Neutral White, 5000K) and WW (Warm White, 3000K) CRI>80 version.

Emissions

Optic with medium beam.

Power supply

Integrated electronic control gear.

Colours

Graphite grey

ceili

ng-m

ount

ed

wal

l-m

ount

ed1. Ceiling-mounted2. Wall-mounted

Page 250: Martini - Outdoor 2015

249

IP65  220-240V / 50-60Hz

ø90×H225 kg1.90

ø90×H134 kg1.00Light source Wattage Code

LEDs 10W 78849.89 NW / WW

Light source Wattage Code

LEDs 2×10W 78848.89 NW / WW

Pipe ceiling-mounted

Pipe wall-mounted

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 1200 / K 5000WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 1100 / K 3000

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 2400 / K 5000WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 2200 / K 3000

Page 251: Martini - Outdoor 2015

250 / 251

Page 252: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Martini StaffPILO/PILA

Page 253: Martini - Outdoor 2015

252

1 2

79

6886

PILO 168/125

www.martinilight.com/pilo

Body

Extruded aluminium structure with die-cast end caps. Tempered glass closing screens. Available in two versions: 125×125mm and 168×168mm.

Light sources

Metal halide lamps with G12 base, 35W, 70W and 150W. Halogen lamp with incorporated reflector AR111, 35W or 100W.

Emissions

Single-emission or dual-emission version available.

Power supply

Halogen version powered with mains voltage; integrated electromagnetic control gear for metal halide version and halogen version with AR111.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

GreyAnthracite greyCorten

wall-mounted

1. Dual-emission 2. Single-emission

Pilo

168

Pilo

125

Page 254: Martini - Outdoor 2015

253

7986

169×169×H470

169×169×H470scalato 8%

scalato 8%

scalato 8%

scalato 8%

scalato 8%scalato 8%

scalato 8%scalato 8%

125×125×H263

125×125×H263

IP65

68

 230V / 50Hz

Colour identification to be added to the code

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

MH 35W G12 7.60 76680._ _

70W 8.00 76681._ _

150W 8.90 76682._ _

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

MH 2×35W G12 9.50 76685._ _

11.2 76686._ _

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

AL AR111 100W G53 4.40 76700._ _

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

AL AR111 2×35W G53 5.00 76701._ _

Pilo 168 single-emission

Pilo 168 dual-emission

Pilo 125 single-emission

Pilo 125 dual-emission

Page 255: Martini - Outdoor 2015

254

Page 256: Martini - Outdoor 2015

255

Page 257: Martini - Outdoor 2015

256

79

6886

PILO UP

www.martinilight.com/pilo-up

Body

Extruded aluminium structure available in two sizes, with die-cast end caps. Tempered glass closing screens.

Light sources

Metal halide lamps, 35W, 70W and 150W. QT-32 halogen lamp, 150W.

Emissions

Roto-symmetrical diffuse emission.

Power supply

Halogen version powered with mains voltage; integrated electromagnetic control gear for the metal halide version.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

GreyAnthracite greyCorten finish

ceiling-mounted

Page 258: Martini - Outdoor 2015

257

IP65

IP65

scalato 8%169×169×H260

798668

 230V / 50 Hz

* Only use Osram Halolux Ceram lamps

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

MH 35W G12 5.20 76690._ _

70W 5.50 76691._ _

150 W 6.40 76692._ _

AL QT-32* 150 W E27 4.00 76694._ _

Pilo Up

Colour identification to be added to the code

 Mains voltage operation

Page 259: Martini - Outdoor 2015

258

79

6886

PILA

www.martinilight.com/pila

Body

Extruded aluminium structure with die-cast end caps. Tempered and sand-blasted glass closing screens. Available in two versions: 125×125mm and 168×168mm.

Light sources

Linear halogen lamp, 80W and 120W, or TC-D compact fluorescent lamp, 18W.

Emissions

Radial diffuse emission.

Power supply

Halogen version powered with mains voltage; integrated electromagnetic control gear for the fluorescent version.

Accessories

Recess box for Pila 168, for flush recessed installation.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

Grey Anthracite greyCorten finish

ceiling-mountedwall-mounted

Pila

168

Page 260: Martini - Outdoor 2015

259

125×75×H125

169×90×H169

scalato 8%

scalato 8%

116

175×

175

IP65

IP65

IP65

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

AL QT-DE Short 80W R7s 1.00 76695._ _

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

FL TC-D 18W G24d-2 2.40 76696._ _

AL QT-DE Short 120W R7s 2.00 76699._ _

Pila 125

Pila 168

798668Colour identification to be added to the code

 230V / 50 Hz

 Mains voltage operation

 Mains voltage operation

Accessories

Recess box for Pila 168, for flush recessed installationcode 76697.00

Pila

125

Page 261: Martini - Outdoor 2015

260 / 261

Page 262: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Pier Filippo FerrariBICUBO

Page 263: Martini - Outdoor 2015

262

79

6811

86

1 2 3

BICUBO

www.martinilight.com/bicubo-outdoor

Body

Extruded aluminium structure, tempered protective glass, die-cast aluminium hinges and frames. Available in two different types of fixings: base mount and side mount. LED version with white polycarbonate or polished metallic parabolic optic.

Light sources

25W or 40W COB LED, available in the WW (Warm White, 3000K) version. MH metal halide lamps with G12 fitting, 35W, 70W and 150W. 160W halogen lamp with double-ended R7s fitting.

Emissions

Single-emission and dual-emission symmetrical optic. LED version with single-emission asymmetrical optic.

Power supply

Integrated electromagnetic control gear for metal halide versions, integrated electronic control gear for LED version and mains voltage operation for halogen version.

Accessories

Available with cut-off screen and accessories for cable tray installation (base mount version only).→ see page 265

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

Satin-finish whiteGreyAnthracite greyCorten finish

spotlight

1. Single-emission base mount

2. Single-emission side mount

3. Dual-emission side mount

side mount

base mount

Page 264: Martini - Outdoor 2015

263

11

IP65

IP65

IP65

IP65

IP65

IP65

IP65

IP65

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

 230V / 50Hz

 230V / 50Hz

245×169×H245

274×169×H274

370×169×H55

370×169×H94

scalato 11,5%

scalato 11,5%

scalato 11,5%

scalato 11,5%

High-vacuum metallic polycarbonate optic

High-vacuum metallic polycarbonate optic

High-performance white polycarbonate optic

High-performance white polycarbonate optic

Light source Wattage lm Beam kg Code

LEDs 25W 2130 25°+25°/21°+25° 5.00 76603. _ _WW

40W 3260 26°+26°/24°+24° 76613. _ _WW

Light source Wattage lm Beam kg Code

LEDs 25W 2130 25°+25°/21°+25° 5.00 76608. _ _WW

40W 3260 26°+26°/24°+24° 76618. _ _WW

LEDs 25W 2130 40°+40°/31°+41° 76655. _ _ WW

40W 3260 42°+42°/35°+40° 76656. _ _ WW

LEDs 25W 2130 40°+40°/31°+41° 76657. _ _ WW

40W 3260 42°+42°/35°+40° 76658. _ _ WW

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

MH 35W G12 5.00 76600. _ _70W 5.50 76601. _ _150W 5.30 76602. _ _

AL QT-DE 12 160W R7s 4.30 76604. _ _

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

MH 35W G12 5.50 76605. _ _70W 6.00 76606. _ _150W 6.50 76607. _ _

AL QT-DE 12 160W R7s 4.80 76609. _ _

Bicubo base mount

Bicubo side mount

798668Colour identification to be added to the code

WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / K 3000

WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / K 3000

 Mains voltage operation

 Mains voltage operation

Page 265: Martini - Outdoor 2015

264

Page 266: Martini - Outdoor 2015

265

IP65

IP65

 230V / 50Hz

scalato 11,5%

370×169×H94

11 798668

Bicubo dual-emissionLight source Wattage Fitting kg Code

MH 35W G12 5,70 76615. _ _

70W 6,00 76616. _ _

150W 7,00 76617. _ _

AL QT-DE 12 160W R7s 4,80 76619. _ _

Colour identification to be added to the code

Bicubo IP65 accessories

→ Base mount

→ Base mount→ Side mount→ Dual-emission

Accessories for cable tray installation (for base mount only)code 76621.00

Cut-Off screen(for halogen and MH lamp)code 76620.00

 Mains voltage operation

Page 267: Martini - Outdoor 2015

266 / 267

Page 268: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Lapo GrasselliniWALLY

Page 269: Martini - Outdoor 2015

268

8679

68

WALLY

www.martinilight.com/wally

Body

Die-cast aluminium appliance with tempered glass screen.

Light sources

Metal halide lamp (35W and 70W), TC-L compact fluorescent lamp (18W) and QT-DE12 halogen lamp (120W).

Emissions

Asymmetrical.

Power supply

Integrated electronic control gear for the metal halide and fluorescent versions, QT-DE12 halogen version powered with mains voltage.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

GreyAnthracite greyCorten finish

wall-mounted

WallyWally Up

Page 270: Martini - Outdoor 2015

269

350×97×H200

68 86 79

scalato 11,5%

scalato 11,5%

120

57

120

97

57

350×202×H97

IP66 220-240V / 50-60HzIK08

IP66 220-240V / 50-60HzIK08

IP66 IK08

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

MH 35W G12 5.50 78369. _ _

70W RX7s 5.50 78370. _ _

AL QT-DE12 120W R7s 5.00 78371. _ _

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

MH 35W G12 5.00 78374. _ _FL TC-L 18W 2G11 5.00 78372. _ _

AL QT-DE12 120W R7s 4.80 78373. _ _

Wally Up

Wally

Mains voltage operation

Mains voltage operation

IP66 IK08

Colour identification to be added to the code

Accessories

→ Wally Recess box for concrete and solid walls: 172×307×H75code 78379.00

Polystyrene block for concrete 172×307×H75code 78365.00

Wally can be installed semi-recessed using the recess box or polystyrene block

Page 271: Martini - Outdoor 2015

270 / 271

Page 272: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Martini StaffLARS

Page 273: Martini - Outdoor 2015

272

8632

1 2

LARS

www.martinilight.com/lars

Body

Cast aluminium body, tempered safety glass and stainless steel screws.

Light sources

Metal halide lamp, 70W.

Emissions

Asymmetrical diffuse.

Power supply

Integrated electromagnetic control gear.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

Embossed-effect grey Anthracite grey

wall-mounted

1. Indirect emission2. Direct emission

Page 274: Martini - Outdoor 2015

273

Larsscalato 11,5%

86

IP65

32

 230V / 50Hz

Colour identification to be added to the code

Light source Wattage Fitting Code

MH 70W RX7s 76757. _ _

350×122×H155 kg5.60

Page 275: Martini - Outdoor 2015

274 / 275

Page 276: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Pier Filippo FerrariGIULIUS

Page 277: Martini - Outdoor 2015

276

11

8679

68

GIULIUS

www.martinilight.com/giulius

Body

Visible body made of extruded aluminium, with stainless steel wall-mounting brackets. Box-shaped tempered glass diffuser.

Light sources

6W high-power LED source, available in WW (Warm White, 3000K) or NW (Neutral White, 4000K) versions. 48W halogen lamp with G9 base.

Emissions

Direct/indirect light luminaire, diffuse emission with light effects on the installation wall.

Power supply

Direct with mains voltage. LED version with incorporated electronic control gear.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

Satin-finish white GreyAnthracite greyCorten finish

wall-mounted

• Light emission

Page 278: Martini - Outdoor 2015

277

Giulius

IP65

IP65  220-240V / 50-60Hz

11 68 86 79

scalato 10%Light source Wattage Fitting Code

LEDs 6W – 76344. _ _ NW / WW

AL QT-14 48W G9 76340. _ _ Mains voltage operation

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 500 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 440 / K 3000

Colour identification to be added to the code

195×120×H103 kg1.70

Page 279: Martini - Outdoor 2015

278 / 279

Page 280: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Martini StaffEDO

Page 281: Martini - Outdoor 2015

280

8679

Edo 1 Edo 2 Edo 3 Edo 41 2

11

EDOapplique

www.martinilight.com/edo

Body

Extruded aluminium body with die-cast end caps. Concentrating lenses made of moulded tempered glass. Flat tempered glass diffuser, aluminium mounting brackets.

Light sources

High-power 3W LEDs, available in the WW (Warm White, 3000K) and NW (Neutral White, 4000K) versions.Metal halide lamps with G8.5 base, 35W.

Emissions

Different effects on the wall can be obtained by combining lenses (with narrow beam angle) and glasses (wide beam angle).

Power supply

Electronic control gear for LED luminaires and electromagnetic control gear for metal halide lamps.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

Satin-finish white Anthracite greyCorten finish

1. Light emission with glass

2. Light emission with lens

Page 282: Martini - Outdoor 2015

281

Edo 1

Edo 2

Edo 3

Edo 4

86 79

scalato 8%

ripulito 8%

ripulito 8%

scalato 8%

scalato 8%

scalato 8%

scalato 8%

scalato 8%

scalato 8%

scalato 8%

184×120×H169

184×169×H169

184×169×H169

IP65

IP65

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

 230V / 50Hz

IP65  220-240V / 50-60Hz

IP65  230V / 50Hz

IP65  230V / 50Hz

IP65  230V / 50Hz

184×120×H169

184×169×H169

scalato 8%

scalato 8% 184×169×H169

184×169×H169

11

Light source Wattage Beam kg Code

LED 1 lens + 1 glass* 2×3W 8°-45°/65°/86° 2.80 79962. _ _ NW / WW

LED 2 lenses 8°-8° 79963. _ _ NW / WW

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

MH 1 lens + 1 glass 35W G8.5 4.60 76725. _ _MH 2 lenses 4.80 76727. _ _

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

MH 2 x 90° lenses 35W G8.5 4.80 76748. _ _

Light source Wattage Beam kg Code

LED 1 glass* 3W 45°/65°/86° 2.80 79960. _ _ NW / WW

LED 1 lens 8° 79961. _ _ NW / WW

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

MH 1 glass 35W G8.5 4.60 76728. _ _MH 1 lens 76726. _ _

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

MH 3 lenses 35W G8.5 4.80 76739. _ _

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

MH 4 lenses 35W G8.5 4.80 76746. _ _MH 3 lenses + 1 glass 4.70 76747. _ _

Colour identification to be added to the code

* Adjustable beam angle 45°/65°/86°

Page 283: Martini - Outdoor 2015

282 / 283

Page 284: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Martini StaffDROP

Page 285: Martini - Outdoor 2015

284

11

7968

1 2

DROP

www.martinilight.com/drop

Body

Extruded aluminium with enamelled die-cast aluminium end caps. Tempered glass inserted in the frame of the end cap and secured with 4 stainless steel screws.

Light sources

3W LEDs, available in the cool white, warm white and blue versions.

Emissions

Single- and dual-emission.

Power supply

12VDC power supply.

Accessories

Electronic control gear available as an accessory.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

Satin-finish white GreyCorten finish

wall-mounted

white blue

LEDs

sing

le-e

mis

sion

dual

-em

issi

on

1. Dual-emission2. Single-emission

Page 286: Martini - Outdoor 2015

285

IP65

11 68 79

scalato 13%

scalato 13%

15W constant voltage control gearIP20 230-240V/12VDC (single-emission: suitable for controlling up to 3 luminairesdual-emission: suitable or controlling up to 1 luminaires)118×38.5×H50code 38919.00

70W constant voltage control gearIP67 230-240V/12VDC (single-emission: suitable for controlling up to 15 luminairesdual-emission: suitable or controlling up to 7 luminaires)250×75×H50code 38933.00

Accessories

 12V constant voltage

Colour identification to be added to the code

Light source Voltage Wattage Code

White LED 12VDC 2×3W 76651. _ _ WW / CW

Blue 76653. _ _

Light source Voltage Wattage Code

White LED 12VDC 3W 76650. _ _ WW / CW

Blue 76652. _ _

Drop dual-emission

Drop single-emission

WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 70 / K 3000CW (Cool White): CRI >80 / lm110 / K 6050

WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 140 / K 3000CW (Cool White): CRI >80 / lm 220 / K 6050

75×75×H70 kg0.75

75×75×H140 kg1.25

Page 287: Martini - Outdoor 2015

286

Page 288: Martini - Outdoor 2015

287

Page 289: Martini - Outdoor 2015

288 / 289

Page 290: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Martini StaffSTRIPLED TUBE

Page 291: Martini - Outdoor 2015

290

32 1

STRIPLED TUBE

www.martinilight.com/stripled-tube

Body

Flexible strip supplied in 5m divisible reels, enclosed in a transparent PVC tube with IP67 protection rating when used undivided, with 12mm width. Supplied with one male connector, two female connectors and two heat-shrinkable sheaths, 10 fixing clips, 20 screws and 2 end caps. Both sides contain one inlet connector and one outlet connector with 100mm-long cable.

Light sources

24V white LEDs with 72W power at 5m, or 24V white LEDs with 24W power at 5m, available in NW (Neutral White, 4000K) and WW (Warm White, 3000K) versions. 12V RGB version available, with 72W power at 5m.

Emissions

Diffuse distribution. The white LED strip is available in high-flux and low-flux version.

Power supply

RGB LED strip with 24VDC and 12V power supply.

Accessories

Electronic control gears in various power ranges, 1-10V and DALI dimmable electronic control gears. Connector and sheath kits, 10mm and 12mm fixing clips; guide for extruded element, opal screen and end caps for recessed installation; clips, extruded element with opal screen and end caps for ceiling- or wall-mounted installation.→ see page 294

1. High-flux LED2. Low-flux LED3. RGB LED

luminous-effect luminaires

Page 292: Martini - Outdoor 2015

291

IP67/IP20

100

12

450

00

4

11

100

12

450

00

50

Stripled Tube high-flux

Stripled Tube low-flux

Stripled Tube RGB

Light source Voltage Wattage Code

StripLED 24VDC 72W 78490.00 NW / WW

Light source Voltage Wattage Code

StripLED 24VDC 24W 78491.00 NW / WW

Light source Voltage Wattage lm (Full colour) Code

StripLED 12VDC 72W 1250 78492.00 RGB

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 5100 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 4800 / K3000

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 2250 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 2025 / K3000

The ends of the reel are equipped with connectors having IP20 protection rating.Product available only in 5m reels

DMX512 colour control system → see page 442

5000×12×H4 kg0.25

5000×11×H4 kg0.25

5000×12×H4 kg0.25

Page 293: Martini - Outdoor 2015

292

Page 294: Martini - Outdoor 2015

293

Page 295: Martini - Outdoor 2015

294

Accessories for Stripled Tube

Control gears (24V) for high-flux and low-flux version

Control gears (12V)for RGB version

IP68 coupling for connectioncode 31893.00

Clip L=12 (25-piece pack)code 91216.00

Connector and end cap kit for Hi-flux and Low-flux version code 91218.00

Drilled end cap kit for RGB version (4 pieces)code 91219.00

Sealing kitcode 91217.00

60W electronic control gear220-240V/50-60Hz 45.5×254×H35.5code 30537.00

150W electronic control gear220-240V/50-60Hz 63.5×270×H41code 30539.00

75W DALI dimmable electronic control gear220-240V/50-60Hz 46×220×H44code 30567.00

35W electronic control gear220-240V/50-60Hz 43×185×H30code 30536.00

100W electronic control gear220-240V/50-60Hz 63.5×270×H41code 30538.00

80W 1-10V dimmableelectronic control gear220-240V / 50-60Hz 52.5×244×H36code 30566.00

150W electronic control gear IP67 220-240/24VDCcode 38935.00

70W electronic control gearIP67 230-240 / 24VDCcode 38934.00

60W electronic control gear220-240V/50-60Hz 45.5×254×H35.5code 30597.00

150W electronic control gear220-240V/50-60Hz 63.5×270×H41code 30599.00

3-channel DMX controller for Stripled RGB 90W max., 12Vcode 76527.00

35W electronic control gear220-240V/50-60Hz 43×185×H30code 30596.00

100W electronic control gear220-240V/50-60Hz 63.5×270×H41code 30598.00

3-channel amplifier for Stripled RGB180W max., 12Vcode 76528.00

Page 296: Martini - Outdoor 2015

295

ControllerDMX

Vin

GND

R CH1

G CH2

B CH3

(76527.00)

Power supply12V DC

DMX

N

L

+

G-

R-

B-

+

G-

R-

B-

+

G-

R-

B-

+

G-

R-

B-

5 m 5 m 5 m

N

L Power supply24V DC

ControllerDMX

Vin

GND

R CH1

G CH2

B CH3

(76527.00)

DMX

N

L

Power supply12V DC

Power supply12V DC

COM + (OUT)Vin

COM (PWM)

R (PWM)

G(PWM)

B(PWM)

(76528.00)

Signal Amplifer3 Channel Signal Amplifer

R

G

B

max 5A

max 5A

max 5A

+

G-

R-

B-

+

G-

R-

B-

Stripled Tube high-flux and low-flux Connection example with 3 x 5-metre Stripleds

Stripled Tube RGB Connection with DMX application

Stripled Tube RGB Connection with DMX application and amplifier

Connection example

Page 297: Martini - Outdoor 2015

296 / 297296 / 297

Page 298: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Martini StaffINOXA

Page 299: Martini - Outdoor 2015

298

1 2

8679

68

ceiling- / wall-mounted

Body

Steel body and base. Frame fixed to the front with four screws, flat tempered glass diffuser with satin finish.

Light sources

Compact fluorescent lamps with 2G11 base (18W, 24W or 36W).

Emissions

Diffuse emission, thanks to the opal screen.

Power supply

Electromagnetic and electronic control gear on all versions. Also available with 1-hour continuous emergency service lamp.

Accessories

Vandal-proof spanner and screws kit. Satin-finish methacrylate diffuser also available on request.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

GreyAnthracite greyCorten finish

INOXA

1. Ceiling-mounted2. Wall-mounted

www.martinilight.com/inoxa-outdoor

Page 300: Martini - Outdoor 2015

299

IP54  230V / 50Hz

 230V / 50Hz

 230V / 50Hz

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

IP54

IP54  220-240V / 50-60Hz

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

IP54

IP54

IP54

IP54

IP54

500×500×H78

300×300×H78

400×400×H78

68 86 79

IP54

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

FL TC-L 2×18W 2G11 5.20 76888. _ _

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

FL TC-L 2×24W 2G11 7.20 76891. _ _

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

FL TC-L 3×36W 2G11 12.0 76894. _ _

FL TC-L 2×18W 2G11 4.80 76889. _ _

FL TC-L 2×24W 2G11 6.80 76892. _ _

FL TC-L 3×36W 2G11 10.3 76895. _ _

FL TC-L 18W 2G11 5.70 76890. _ _

FL TC-L 2×24W 2G11 7.70 76893. _ _

FL TC-L 2×36W 2G11 9.70 76896. _ _

Luminaire with 1-hour continuous emergency operation

Luminaire with 1-hour continuous emergency operation

Luminaire with 1-hour continuous emergency operation

Accessories

Colour identification to be added to the code

Satin-finish methacrylate diffuser available on request

Vandal-proof screws kit code 76898.00Spanner for vandal-proof screws code 76899.00

Inoxa 300×300

Inoxa 400×400

Inoxa 500×500

Page 301: Martini - Outdoor 2015

300 / 301300 / 301

Page 302: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Marco Casamonti, Alessandro PapottiNOVI

Page 303: Martini - Outdoor 2015

302

8668

79

NOVI 620

www.martinilight.com/novi620-outdoor

Body

Finned die-cast aluminium wiring body, aluminium or aluminium-glass reflectors.

Light sources

Metal halide lamps with E40 base, 250W or 400W.

Emissions

Semi-diffuse with indirect component on glass-aluminium versions; direct in the version with aluminium parabolic optic only.

Power supply

Electromagnetic control gears housed in the upper end cap of the luminaire.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

GreyAnthracite greyCorten

pendant

• Facilitated maintenance

alum

iniu

m

Page 304: Martini - Outdoor 2015

303

scalato 5%

68 86 79

scalato 5%

IP65  230V / 50Hz

Novi 620 aluminium / glass-aluminium ø627×H650 (cable max L 1500)

aluminium glass-aluminium

The installed lamps must have the following specifications: 250W / 3 amperes and 400W / 3.25 amperes

glas

s-al

umin

ium

Colour identification to be added to the code

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code kg Code

MH 250W E40 12.9 52350. _ _ 17.9 52320. _ _

400W 13.3 52355. _ _ 18.3 52325. _ _

Page 305: Martini - Outdoor 2015

304

8668

79

1 2

NOVI 450

www.martinilight.com/novi450-outdoor

pendant

Body

Finned die-cast aluminium wiring body, aluminium or aluminium-glass reflectors.

Light sources

Metal halide lamps with G12 base, halogen lamps with E27 or B15d base, compact fluorescent lamps with GX24q-4 base.

Emissions

Semi-diffuse with indirect component on glass-aluminium versions; direct in the version with aluminium parabolic optic only.

Power supply

Electronic control gears (for fluorescent lamps) and electromagnetic control gears (for metal halide lamps) inserted into the upper end cap of the luminaire. Models with support lamp are also available for products mounting metal halide lamp.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

GreyAnthracite greyCorten finish

1. Facilitated maintenance2. Pre-switch-on with support lamp

alum

iniu

m

Page 306: Martini - Outdoor 2015

305

scalato 5%

68 86 79

scalato 5%

IP65

IP65

IP65

 220-240V / 50-60 Hz

 230V / 50Hz

Novi 450

* With support lamp AL QT-15 / 100W / base B15d

aluminium glass-aluminium aluminium / glass-aluminium ø450×H515 (cable max L 1500)

glas

s-al

umin

ium

 Mains voltage operation

Colour identification to be added to the code

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code kg Code

AL QT-32 205W E27 6.80 52390. _ _ 6.00 52420. _ _

MH 70W G12 7.40 52395. _ _ 7.80 52425. _ _150W 7.70 52397. _ _ 8.00 52427. _ _

MH* 150W 7.80 52400. _ _ 8.20 52430. _ _

FL TC-TE 42W GX24q-4 6.50 52393. _ _ 6.30 52423. _ _

Page 307: Martini - Outdoor 2015

306

Page 308: Martini - Outdoor 2015

307

Page 309: Martini - Outdoor 2015

308

8668

79

1 2

pendant

Body

Finned die-cast aluminium wiring body, aluminium, aluminium-glass or glass reflectors.

Light sources

Metal halide lamps with G12 base, halogen lamps with E27 or B15d base, compact fluorescent lamps with GX24q-4 base.

Emissions

Semi-diffuse with indirect component on glass-aluminium versions; direct in the version with aluminium parabolic optic and diffuse on versions with glass alone.

Power supply

Electronic control gears (for fluorescent lamps) and electromagnetic control gears (for metal halide lamps) inserted into the upper end cap of the luminaire. Models with support lamp are also available for products mounting metal halide lamp.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

GreyAnthracite greyCorten finish

alum

iniu

m

1. Facilitated maintenance2. Pre-switch-on with support lamp

NOVI 380

www.martinilight.com/novi380-outdoor

Page 310: Martini - Outdoor 2015

309

Novi 380

scalato 5% scalato 5%scalato 5%

68 86 79

IP65

IP65

IP65

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

 230V / 50Hz

aluminium glass-aluminium glass aluminium / glass-aluminium / glass ø387×H420 (cable max L 1500)

glas

s

glas

s-al

umin

ium

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code kg Code kg Code

AL QT-32 205W E27 7.20 52240. _ _ 7.20 52280. _ _ 7.20 52200. _ _

FL TC-TE 42W GX24q-4 7.40 52250. _ _ 7.40 52290. _ _ 7.40 52210. _ _

MH 70W G12 8.90 52255. _ _ 8.90 52295. _ _ 8.90 52215. _ _150W 9.10 52260. _ _ 9.10 52300. _ _ 9.10 52220. _ _

MH* 70W 8.90 52265. _ _ 8.90 52305. _ _150W 9.10 52270. _ _ 9.10 52310. _ _

* With support lamp AL QT-15 / 100W / base B15d

Colour identification to be added to the code

 Mains voltage operation

Page 311: Martini - Outdoor 2015

310

8668

79

www.martinilight.com/novi-pole

Body

Aluminium body and reflector body, die-cast end cap, transparent safety glass fitted inside a bezel and held in place with an extruded silicone gasket.

Light sources

Metal halide or high-pressure sodium lamps. Also available in the versions with 42W and 57W compact fluorescent lamps.

Emissions

Diffuse light distribution.

Power supply

Electromagnetic control gear on halide and sodium versions. Electronic ballasts on fluorescent lamp versions.

Accessories

Wall or pole mounting brackets.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

GreyAnthracite greyCorten finish

NOVI POLEurban decor

Page 312: Martini - Outdoor 2015

311

scalato 7%

68 86 79

IP65  230V / 50Hz

 220-240V / 50-60HzIP65

ø387×H487

Colour identification to be added to the code

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

MH 150W G12 11.0 76770. _ _

SHP White Son 100W PG12-1 11.0 76771. _ _

FL TC-TE 42W GX24q-4 10.0 76772. _ _57W GX24q-5 11.0 76773. _ _

Nov

i dou

ble

arm

Novi

Page 313: Martini - Outdoor 2015

312

5.500

1 2 3

1. Single arm2. Double arm3. Wall-mounted

Page 314: Martini - Outdoor 2015

313

68 86 79

1000

700

262

141

382

282

382

282

343

244

1200

900

705

Accessori

Two brackets must be purchased for anchoring the productFor information on ordering poles → see page 430

Colour identification to be added to the code

Curved arm

Curved arm for wall-mounted luminaire

Pole top dimensions Code

Ø 60 76783._ _

Pole top dimensions Code

Ø 60 76784._ _

Quadruple mounting bracket for pole ø102code 76788._ _

Triple mounting bracket for pole ø102code 76787._ _

Double mounting bracket for pole ø102code 76786._ _

Single mounting bracket for pole ø102code 76785._ _

Accessories

Page 315: Martini - Outdoor 2015

314 / 315

Page 316: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Martini StaffLEAN

Page 317: Martini - Outdoor 2015

316

321 4

86

LEAN

www.martinilight.com/lean

street luminaire

Lean

72

/ Pol

e-to

p

Body

Die-cast aluminium body with 500mm and 340mm diameter, optical assembly composed of a plate on which the LEDs are mounted, closed by an extra-clear tempered glass and aluminium sheet bezel.

Light sources

24, 36 or 72 white LEDs with WW (Warm White, 3000K) and NW (Neutral White, 4200K) colour temperature for wattages ranging from 37W to 115W.

Emissions

Street, sidewalk and roto-symmetrical emission.

Power supply

Integrated electronic control gear.

Accessories

Wall mount, pole-top mount, single or double horizontal arms of various lengths, vertical arm.→ see page 324

Colours

Anthracite grey

1. Street optic2. Sidewalk optic3. Roto-symmetrical

optic4. Pressure balancing

valve

Page 318: Martini - Outdoor 2015

317

H B I Lm Uo UL TI

7.00 7.00 25.9 0.80 0.40 0.65 10

Overvoltage protection

Luminaires mounting LED technology and the relevant accessories are far more sensitive to overvoltage compared to luminaires with traditional technology.It is therefore important to prevent malfunctions caused by overvoltage associated with the system or the atmosphere, by equipping the system with suitably sized devices designed to ensure its correct protection. To further guarantee the long-lasting life of its products, Martini proposes, on request, a Class I Lean version with integrated overvoltage protection up to 10 kV.

Road surface C2, q0=0.070H= Luminaire height [m]B= Road width [m]I= Distance between poles [m]Lm= Mean maintained luminance [cd/m2]Uo= General uniformity of luminanceUL= Longitudinal uniformity of luminanceTI= Physiological glare index [%]Em= Mean illuminance [lx] Emin= Minimum illuminance [lx]

Lighting category: ME4a

36 LEDs - 76W

72 LEDs - 115WH B I Lm Uo UL TI

8.00 8.00 29.6 1.01 0.40 0.65 10Lighting category: ME3b

Street optic

The street optic is designed and manufactured to concentrate most of the light flow onto the underlying road surface, resulting in a reduced number of installations and lower maintenance and electricity costs.The optical system allows for obtaining high and uniform levels of luminance on the road, while limiting the amount of glare.

Page 319: Martini - Outdoor 2015

318

Page 320: Martini - Outdoor 2015

319

Page 321: Martini - Outdoor 2015

320

scalato 7%

scalato 7%

IP65

IP65

IP65

IP65 0.07m² 220-240V / 50-60Hz

0,07m² 220-240V / 50-60Hz

0,04m² 220-240V / 50-60Hz

0,07m² 220-240V / 50-60Hz

Light source Wattage Optic Code

36-LED 76W Street lighting 80060.86 NW / WW

NW (Neutral White): CRI 75 / lm 6980 / K 4200WW (Warm White): CRI 80 / lm 6120 / K 3000

Class I luminaire version with integrated overvoltage protection up to 10 kV available on requestFor information on ordering arms → see page 324For information on ordering poles → see page. 434

Suspension cable diameter from 5mm to 12mm

Lean 500/36

Lean 500/72

Lean 340/24

Lean cable-suspended 500

Light source Wattage Optic Code

72-LED 115W Street 80062.86 NW / WW

Light source Wattage Optic Code

24-LED 37W Sidewalk 80058.86 NW / WW

Light source Wattage Optic Code

36-LED 76W Roto-symmetrical 80064.86 NW / WW

72-LED 115W 80066.86 NW / WW

NW (Neutral White): CRI 75 / lm 11500 / K 4200WW (Warm White): CRI 80 / lm 10100 / K 3000

NW (Neutral White): CRI 75 / lm 3560 / K 4200WW (Warm White): CRI 80 / lm 3120 / K 3000

NW (Neutral White): CRI 75 / lm 6980-11500 / K 4200WW (Warm White): CRI 80 / lm 6120-10100 / K 3000

ø500×H150 kg12.5

ø500×H276 kg5.00

ø340×H103 kg5.00

ø500×H150 kg12.5

Page 322: Martini - Outdoor 2015

Lean

36

/ Arm

360

Page 323: Martini - Outdoor 2015
Page 324: Martini - Outdoor 2015
Page 325: Martini - Outdoor 2015

324

590

Ø 3

40

103

Ø 6

0

601

139

296

ø 34

0

Ø 60 347

148

Ø 60

715

340

60

Ø 3

40

Ø 60

150

168

370

785

Ø 5

00

Ø 60 1295

740Ø

500

150

Ø 6

0

762

139

332

Ø 5

00

Ø 60 509

150

168 32

5

Ø 60

870

360

60

Ø 5

00

Wall-mounted Lean 340

Arm 360 Lean 340

Arm 785 Lean 500

Code

75308.86

Pole diameter Code

Ø 60 75300.86

Pole diameter Code

Ø 60 75301.86Ø 90 75302.86Ø 102 75303.86

Pole diameter Code

Ø 60 75264.86Ø 90 75293.86Ø 102 75298.86

Pole-top Lean 340

Pole-top 500Mount dimensions Code

Ø 60 75260.86

Code

75309.86

Mount dimensions Code

Ø 60 75263.86Ø 90 75292.86Ø 102 75297.86

Arm 360 Lean 500

Wall-mounted Lean 500

Page 326: Martini - Outdoor 2015

325

Ø 5

00

325

870

360

150

Ø 60

60

325

1295

785Ø

500

Ø 60

150

Ø 102

1200

155

150

Ø 500

150

168

396

564

370

1520

Ø 5

00

Ø 60 2030

Double arm 350 Lean 500

Double arm 785 Lean 500

Vertical arm Lean 500

Pole diameter Code

Ø 60 75267.86

Pole diameter Code

Ø 60 75268.86

Pole diameter Code

Ø 102 75307.86

Pole diameter Code

Ø 60 75265.86Ø 90 75294.86Ø 102 75299.86

Arm 1520 Lean 500

Page 327: Martini - Outdoor 2015

326

21 3

86

www.martinilight.com/lean-hant

LEAN HANTurban decordesign: Mauro Saito

Body

Die-cast aluminium body with 500mm diameter, optical assembly composed of a plate on which the LEDs are mounted, closed by an extra-clear tempered glass and aluminium sheet bezel.

Light sources

36 or 72 white LEDs with WW (Warm White, 3000K) and NW (Neutral White, 4200K) colour temperature for wattages ranging from 76W to 115W.

Emissions

Roto-symmetrical and sidewalk emission.

Power supply

Integrated electronic control gear.

Colours

Anthracite grey

1. Sidewalk optic2. Roto-symmetrical

optic3. Pressure balancing

valve

Lean

Han

t 1

Page 328: Martini - Outdoor 2015

327

IP65 0,07m² 220-240V / 50-60Hz

Light source Wattage Optic Code

36-LED 76W Sidewalk 80140.86 NW / WW

72-LED 115W Sidewalk 80142.86 NW / WW

Light source Wattage Optic Code

36-LED 76W Roto-symmetrical 80146.86 NW / WW

72-LED 115W Roto-symmetrical 80148.86 NW / WW

NW (Neutral White): CRI 75 / lm 6980-11500 / K 4200WW (Warm White): CRI 80 / lm 6120-10100 / K 3000

NW (Neutral White): CRI 75 / lm 6980-11500 / K 4200WW (Warm White): CRI 80 / lm 6120-10100 / K 3000

Class I luminaire version with integrated overvoltage protection up to 10 kV available on requestFor information on ordering poles → see page 434

Lean Hant 2

Lean Hant 1

ø500×H1310 kg24.5

ø500×H1310 kg21.0

Page 329: Martini - Outdoor 2015

328

Overvoltage protection

Luminaires mounting LED technology and the relevant accessories are far more sensitive to overvoltage compared to luminaires with traditional technology.It is therefore important to prevent malfunctions caused by overvoltage associated with the system or the atmosphere, by equipping the system with suitably sized devices designed to ensure its correct protection. To further guarantee the long-lasting life of its products, Martini proposes, on request, a Class I Lean Hant version with integrated overvoltage protection up to 10 kV. Le

an H

ant 2

4.000

5.000

6.000

7.000

Page 330: Martini - Outdoor 2015

329

Page 331: Martini - Outdoor 2015

330 / 331330 / 331

Page 332: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Lapo GrasselliniDEMI

Page 333: Martini - Outdoor 2015

332

1 2 3

8668

79

4

DEMI

www.martinilight.com/demi

Body

Sheet aluminium cover, die-cast aluminium ring and body, tempered flat glass, and aluminium optic. The optical assembly can be opened from the bottom, by loosening two stainless steel screws.

Light sources

24, 36 and 72 white LEDs with WW (Warm White, 3000K) and NW (Neutral White, 4000K) colour temperature for wattages ranging from 37W to 73W. Metal halide and high-pressure sodium lamps (70W to 250W). The roto-symmetrical version mounts a 35W to 100W metal halide lamp with G12 base.

Emissions

Available in the street, roto-symmetrical and sidewalk versions.

Power supply

Electromagnetic control gear with PFC capacitor and timed igniter.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

GreyAnthracite greyCorten finish

street luminaire

1. Street optic2. Roto-symmetrical

optic3. Sidewalk optic4. Pressure balancing

valve

Dem

i / A

rm 3

60

Page 334: Martini - Outdoor 2015

333

MH-T 70W E27

1 2

H B I Em Emin

4.00 4.00 18.50 20 5

1. Two sides alternate2. Single side street

and bike/pedestrian path light

Road surface C2, q0=0.070H= Luminaire height [m]B= Road width [m]I= Distance between poles [m]Lm= Mean maintained luminance [cd/m2]Uo= General uniformity of luminanceUL= Longitudinal uniformity of luminanceTI= Physiological glare index [%]Em= Mean illuminance [lx] Emin= Minimum illuminance [lx]

Overvoltage protection

Luminaires mounting LED technology and the relevant accessories are far more sensitive to overvoltage compared to luminaires with traditional technology.It is therefore important to prevent malfunctions caused by overvoltage associated with the system or the atmosphere, by equipping the system with suitably sized devices designed to ensure its correct protection. To further guarantee the long-lasting life of its products, Martini proposes, on request, a Class I Demi version with integrated overvoltage protection up to 10 kV.

Sidewalk optic

The sidewalk optic is ideal for pedestrian walkways and cycle paths, and can be combined with the street optic without interfering with road traffic. The optical system allows for increasing the distance between installations, resulting in higher energy saving.

Street optic

The street optic is designed and manufactured to concentrate most of the light flow onto the underlying road surface, resulting in a reduced number of installations and lower maintenance and electricity costs.The optical system allows for obtaining high and uniform levels of luminance on the road, while limiting the amount of glare.

Lighting category: S1

SPH-T 250W E40H B I Lm Uo UL TI

10.00 10.00 37.00 1.20 0.40 0.70 10Lighting category: ME3a

Types of optics

Installation examples

Page 335: Martini - Outdoor 2015

334

Demi scalato 7%

68 86 79

IP66

IP66  230V / 50Hz

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

1 2 3

ø520×H240

ø520×H240

scalato 7%

0,10 m²

0.10 m²

Colour identification to be added to the code

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code Code

SHP-E 70W E27 11.0 75238. _ _ 75248. _ _MH-T / SHP-T 70W E27 11.0 75239. _ _ 75249. _ _MH-T / SHP-T 100W E40 11.5 75240. _ _ 75250. _ _MH-T / SHP-T 150W E40 12.0 75241. _ _ 75251. _ _MH-T 250W E40 12.5 75242. _ _SHP-T 2540W E40 12.5 75243. _ _

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

MH 35W G12 11.0 75254. _ _70W 11.0 75255. _ _100W 12.0 75256. _ _

street optic sidewalk optic

roto-symmetrical optic

Light source Wattage kg Code Code Code

24-LED 37W 10.0 75284. _ _ NW / WW

36-LED 55W 10.0 75285. _ _ NW / WW 75286. _ _ NW / WW

72-LED 73W 10.0 75287. _ _ NW / WW 75288. _ _ NW / WW

street optic sidewalk optic roto-symmetrical optic

NW (Neutral White): CRI 75 / lm 3120-4680-7200 / K 3000WW (Warm White): CRI 80 / lm 3560-5340-8210 / K 4000

Class I luminaire version with integrated overvoltage protection up to 10 kV available on request.For information on ordering poles → see page 434

The simplicity of the luminaire and its components means that installation and lamp replacement procedures can be safely performed by a single operator.

1. Attachment of the luminaire on the pole mount using a fall-prevention system, for subsequent securing by means of stainless steel screws; head adjustment on the horizontal axis.

3. Releasing of the parabolic optic hinged to the ring and facilitated lamp replacement.

2. Opening of the optical assembly through two stainless steel screws and disconnection of the supply using a mechanical disconnect switch.

Installation and maintenance

Page 336: Martini - Outdoor 2015

Dem

i / V

ertic

al a

rm

Dem

i / P

ole-

top

Page 337: Martini - Outdoor 2015

336

Page 338: Martini - Outdoor 2015

337

Page 339: Martini - Outdoor 2015

338

240

445

Ø 6

0

800

139

Ø 5

20

Ø 60 545

240

500

160

900

Ø 60

635

Ø 5

20

240

168

435

Ø 60

906

360

Ø 5

20

240

168

480

785

Ø 60 1331

Ø 5

20

Pole-top

Vertical armPole diameter Code

Ø 60 75266. _ _Ø 90 75291. _ _Ø 102 75296. _ _

Pole diameter Code

Ø 60 75263. _ _Ø 90 75292. _ _Ø 102 75297. _ _

Pole diameter Code

Ø 60 75260. _ _

Arm 360

Pole diameter Code

Ø 60 75264. _ _Ø 90 75293. _ _Ø 102 75298. _ _

Arm 785

Page 340: Martini - Outdoor 2015

339

240

168

396

564

480

1520

Ø 5

20

Ø 60 2068

435

906

360

240

Ø 60

Ø 5

20

458

1331

785

Ø 60

240

Ø1 2 3

Ø 5

20

Pole diameter Code

Ø 60 75265. _ _Ø 90 75294. _ _Ø 102 75299. _ _

Arm 1520

Double arm 360

Double arm 785

Pole diameter Code

Ø 60 75267. _ _

Pole diameter Code

Ø 60 75268. _ _

For information on ordering poles → see page 434

Mounts for poles with 60, 90, 102mm diameter

1. Pole-top2. Vertical arm3. Arm 360

Page 341: Martini - Outdoor 2015

340 / 341

Page 342: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Studio ArcheaBELL

Page 343: Martini - Outdoor 2015

342

8632

79

BELL

www.martinilight.com/bell

street luminaire

Bel

l 380

/ po

le m

ount

Body

Die-cast aluminium street luminaire, cast aluminium pole mount, die-cast aluminium glass support ring hinged with a concealed system and locked by four stainless steel captive knobs. Tempered protective glass and aluminium reflector. Body available in three different sizes: with 380mm, 460mm and 570mm diameter. After being subjected to anti-oxidation treatment, the luminaire is subsequently coated with high-resistance textured paint.

Light sources

24, 36 or 72 white LEDs with WW (Warm White, 3000K) and NW (Neutral White, 4200K) colour temperature for wattages ranging from 37W to 107W.Available in the version with metal halide or high-pressure sodium lamps starting from 70W up to 250W.

Emissions

Sidewalk, asymmetrical and street optics.

Power supply

Power factor corrected incorporated electromagnetic control gear with timed igniter assembled onto a removable bracket fitted with quick connectors.

Accessories

The available accessories include pole mount with 1, 2, 3 or 4 arms and adjustable pole mount. Fixed and adjustable wall bracket.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

Textured greyAnthracite greyCorten finish

Page 344: Martini - Outdoor 2015

343

H B I Em Emin

5.00 8.00 14.00 20 5

Types of optics

Asymmetrical optic

Frontal projection for large spaces. With this optic, luminaires can be installed along the perimeter of the area to be illuminated.

Sidewalk optic

The sidewalk optic is ideal for pedestrian walkways and cycle paths, and can be combined with the street optic without interfering with road traffic. The optical system allows for increasing the distance between installations, resulting in higher energy saving.

Street optic

The street optic is designed and manufactured to concentrate most of the light flow onto the underlying road surface, resulting in a reduced number of installations and lower maintenance and electricity costs.The optical system allows for obtaining high and uniform levels of luminance on the road, while limiting the amount of glare.

H B I Em Emin

4.00 4.00 17.50 22 5

H B I Lm Uo UL TI

8.00 8.00 28.50 1.20 0.40 0.60 6

Lighting category: S1

Lighting category: ME3b

Road surface C2, q0=0.070H= Luminaire height [m]B= Road width [m]I= Distance between poles [m]Lm= Mean maintained luminance [cd/m2]Uo= General uniformity of luminanceUL= Longitudinal uniformity of luminanceTI= Physiological glare index [%]Em= Mean illuminance [lx] Emin= Minimum illuminance [lx]

Overvoltage protection

Luminaires mounting LED technology and the relevant accessories are far more sensitive to overvoltage compared to luminaires with traditional technology.It is therefore important to prevent malfunctions caused by overvoltage associated with the system or the atmosphere, by equipping the system with suitably sized devices designed to ensure its correct protection. To further guarantee the long-lasting life of its products, Martini proposes, on request, a Class I Bell version with an integrated overvoltage protection up to 10 kV.

Lighting category: S1

MH 70W RX7s

MH 70W RX7s

MH 150W E40

Page 345: Martini - Outdoor 2015

344

Page 346: Martini - Outdoor 2015

345

Page 347: Martini - Outdoor 2015

346

scalato 7%

scalato 7%

scalato 7%

32 86 79

ø460×H346

ø570×H428

ø380×H289

IP65  230V / 50Hz

IP65

IP65

 230V / 50Hz

 230V / 50Hz

220-240V / 50-60Hz

IP65  220-240V / 50-60Hz

IP65  220-240V / 50-60Hz

scalato 7%

scalato 7%

scalato 7%

Colour identification to be added to the code

Bell 570 asymmetrical optic street optic

Bell 380Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code Code

MH 35W G12 10.0 76962. _ _ 76961. _ _MH / SHP 70W RX7s 10.0 76968. _ _ 76966. _ _MH / SHP 150W RX7s-24 10.5 76969. _ _ 76967. _ _

asymmetrical optic sidewalk optic

Bell 460Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code Code

MH-T / SHP-T 100W E40 14.5 76978. _ _ 76979. _ _MH / SHP 150W 15.0 76972. _ _ 76973. _ _MH-T 250W 16.0 76974. _ _ 76975. _ _SHP-T 250W 16.0 76976. _ _ 76977. _ _

asymmetrical optic street optic

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code Code

MH-T / SHP-T 100W E40 22.5 76996. _ _ 76997. _ _MH-T / SHP-T 150W 23.0 76990. _ _ 76991. _ _MH-T 250W 24.0 76992. _ _ 76993. _ _SHP-T 250W 24.0 76994. _ _ 76995. _ _MH-T / SHP-T 400W 24.5 76998. _ _ 76999. _ _

Dual-wattage control gear for SHP-T lamp available on request

Dual-wattage control gear for SHP-T lamp available on request

Light source Wattage kg Code

24-LED* 37W 9.00 77001. _ _ NW / WW

Light source Wattage kg Code

72-LED* 73W 13.0 77002. _ _ NW / WW

Light source Wattage kg Code

72-LED* 107W 22.0 77003. _ _ NW / WW

sidewalk optic

street optic

Street optic

NW (Neutral White): CRI 75 / lm 3560 / K 4200WW (Warm White): CRI 80 / lm 3120 / K 3000

NW (Neutral White): CRI 75 / lm 8210 / K 4200WW (Warm White): CRI 80 / lm 7200 / K 3000

NW (Neutral White): CRI 75 / lm 10670 / K 4200WW (Warm White): CRI 80 / lm 9360 / K 3000

*Class I luminaire version with integrated overvoltage protection up to 10 kV available on request.

For information on ordering poles → see page 434

IP65

IP65

0.112 m²

0.078 m²

0.112 m²

0.164 m²

0.164 m²

Page 348: Martini - Outdoor 2015

Bel

l 460

/ po

le m

ount

Bel

l 570

/ po

le m

ount

Page 349: Martini - Outdoor 2015

348

Page 350: Martini - Outdoor 2015

349

Page 351: Martini - Outdoor 2015

350

Page 352: Martini - Outdoor 2015

351

Page 353: Martini - Outdoor 2015

352

1 2 3

1. Fixed mount2. Adjustable mount3. The pole-top Bell

street luminaire is available in the single, double, triple and tower configurations.

4.000

6.000

8.000

10.000

Page 354: Martini - Outdoor 2015

353

Installing the street luminaireThe simplicity of the luminaire and its accessories means that installation can be carried out safely by a single operator. All components inside the end cap are held together with a steel cable and secured to the die-cast aluminium body.

No tools required for maintenanceThe luminaire is specially designed to yield a versatile and functional product suitable for use in complex projects (e.g. heavy traffic roads, town centres, etc.) where it can be installed by any operator. The possibility of removing the various components (see illustrations) without the aid of tools makes this product unique amongst street luminaires.

Installation and maintenance

Alignment adjustmentAdjustable pole mount and wall mount accessory for orienting the luminaire perfectly parallel to the ground. The photograph illustrates how the luminaire can be rotated between 0° and +20°

Straightforward installationThe installation phases can be carried out by a single operator.After installation, the cable is no longer visible.

Accessing the luminaireThe glass support ring is hinged to the luminaire body to simplify maintenance.

Safety during maintenanceAll versions are fitted with a mechanical disconnect switch for cutting off the electricity supply off when the ring is opened.

Opening of the ring by rotating the knob through a ¼ turn.

Rotation of the parabolic optic by 5°; disconnection of the 2-pole electrical connector for removing the optic from the body.

Rotation of the electrified plate by 5° and disconnection of the 3-pole electrical connector for viewing the electrical components.

The closing ring can be removed to facilitate maintenance activities for the installer.

Page 355: Martini - Outdoor 2015

354

1 2 3

+ +

1. Luminaire2. Pole (page 434)3. Mount

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 60 105 78024. _ _Ø 89 105 78028. _ _Ø 102 105 78032. _ _Ø 120 155 78134. _ _Ø 142 180 78136. _ _Ø 171 180 78138. _ _

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 60 105 78025. _ _Ø 89 105 78029. _ _Ø 102 105 78033. _ _Ø 120 155 78135. _ _Ø 142 180 78137. _ _Ø 171 180 78139. _ _

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 60 105 78026. _ _Ø 89 105 78030. _ _Ø 102 105 78034. _ _

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 60 105 78027. _ _Ø 89 105 78031. _ _Ø 102 105 78035. _ _

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 60 105 78036. _ _Ø 89 105 78037. _ _Ø 102 105 78038. _ _

Code

78039. _ _

Code

78110. _ _

Pole mount1 arm

Pole mount2 arms

Pole mount3 arms

Pole mount4 arms

Adjustable pole mount(from 0° to +20°)

Fixed wall mount

Adjustable wall mount(from 0° to +20°)

Components

Guide to ordering

→ Bell 380

Page 356: Martini - Outdoor 2015

355

32 86 79

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 60 155 78074. _ _Ø 89 155 78078. _ _Ø 102 155 78082. _ _Ø 120 155 78086. _ _Ø 142 180 78090. _ _Ø 171 180 78094. _ _

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 60 155 78075. _ _Ø 89 155 78079. _ _Ø 102 155 78083. _ _Ø 120 155 78087. _ _Ø 142 180 78091. _ _Ø 171 180 78095. _ _

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 102 155 78084. _ _Ø 120 155 78088. _ _Ø 142 180 78092. _ _Ø 171 180 78096. _ _

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 102 155 78085. _ _Ø 120 155 78089. _ _Ø 142 180 78093. _ _Ø 171 180 78096. _ _

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 60 155 78100. _ _Ø 89 155 78101. _ _Ø 102 155 78102. _ _Ø 120 155 78103. _ _Ø 142 180 78104. _ _Ø 171 180 78105. _ _

Code

78099. _ _

Code

78111. _ _

→ Bell 460/570 Pole mount1 arm

Pole mount2 arms

Pole mount3 arms

Pole mount4 arms

Adjustable pole mount(from 0° to +20°)

Fixed wall mount

Adjustable wall mount(from 0° to +20°)

Colour identification to be added to the code

Page 357: Martini - Outdoor 2015

356

Page 358: Martini - Outdoor 2015

357

Page 359: Martini - Outdoor 2015

358

1 2 3 4

+ + +

BRACCIO TWIN 4

Guide to ordering

1. Luminaire2. Pole (page 434)3. Mount

(1-piece pack)4. Arm

Illustration of the Twin 4 double-arm system for Bell 460 and Bell 570.Satin-finish grey coated steel arm structure, cast aluminium pole mount and stainless steel screws for fixing components.

Twin 4 single-arm systemL=1200

Twin 4 single-arm systemL=1500

Page 360: Martini - Outdoor 2015

359

32 86 79

→ Bell 460/570

Ø

H

2600

648

540

2000

1000

540

1300

648

Ø

H

Twin 4 single arm 1200 code 78115._ _

Twin 4 single arm 1500 code 78120. _ _

Twin 4 double arm 1200code 78125._ _

Twin 4 double arm 1500code 78130._ _

Pole dimensions Height (H) Code

Ø 102 155 78009. _ _

Ø 120 155 78013. _ _

Ø 142 180 78017. _ _

Ø 171 180 78021. _ _

Double mount

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 102 155 78008. _ _

Ø 120 155 78012. _ _

Ø 142 180 78016. _ _

Ø 171 180 78020. _ _

Colour identification to be added to the code

Single mount

Twin 4 arms

→ Bell 460/570

Page 361: Martini - Outdoor 2015

360

Page 362: Martini - Outdoor 2015

361

Page 363: Martini - Outdoor 2015

362 / 363

Page 364: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Studio ArcheanAxoS

Page 365: Martini - Outdoor 2015

364

8632

79

1 2 3

nAxoS

www.martinilight.com/naxos

Body

Die-cast aluminium body and glass-support ring, die-cast aluminium pole-fixing system and steel arm. The ring is recessed and locked in place using four captive screws that compress the ring against the gasket; it is also hinged using a concealed system which facilitates maintenance procedures. Tempered safety glass and aluminium reflector fixed to the body.

Light sources

36 or 72 white LEDs with WW (Warm White, 3000K) and NW (Neutral White, 4200K) colour temperature, for wattages ranging from 76W to 107W. Metal halide and high-pressure sodium lamp with wattage from 100W to 250W.

Emissions

Asymmetrical and street optics.

Power supply

Integrated power factor corrected electromagnetic control gear.

Accessories

Fixed pole mounts with 1, 2, 3 or 4 arms, available for different pole diameters. Adjustable single pole mounting element available for different pole diameters. Fixed or adjustable wall mount. TWIN 4 single or double arms available in two sizes.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

Textured greyAnthracite greyCorten finish

street luminaire

1. Concealed power cable2. Side hinge of the glass support ring3. Mechanical disconnect switch

Nax

os 4

60 /

pole

mou

nt

Page 366: Martini - Outdoor 2015

365

1 2

H B I Em Emin

8.00 12.00 17.00 15.00 7

Road surface C2, q0=0.070H= Luminaire height [m]B= Road width [m]I= Distance between poles [m]Lm= Mean maintained luminance [cd/m2]Uo= General uniformity of luminanceUL= Longitudinal uniformity of luminanceTI= Physiological glare index [%]Em= Mean illuminance [lx] Emin= Minimum illuminance [lx]

Installation examples

Asymmetrical optic

Frontal projection for large spaces. With this optic, luminaires can be installed along the perimeter of the area to be illuminated.

Street optic

The street optic is designed and manufactured to concentrate most of the light flow onto the underlying road surface, resulting in a reduced number of installations and lower maintenance and electricity costs.The optical system allows for obtaining high and uniform levels of luminance on the road, while limiting the amount of glare.

Lighting category: S1

MH 150W E40H B I Lm Uo UL TI

8.00 8.00 29.60 1.20 0.40 0.60 6Lighting category: ME3b

Types of optics

Overvoltage protection

Luminaires mounting LED technology and the relevant accessories are far more sensitive to overvoltage compared to luminaires with traditional technology.It is therefore important to prevent malfunctions caused by overvoltage associated with the system or the atmosphere, by equipping the system with suitably sized devices designed to ensure its correct protection. To further guarantee the long-lasting life of its products, Martini proposes, on request, a Class I Naxos version with integrated overvoltage protection up to 10 kV.

MH-T 100W E40

1. Wall-mounted installation eliminates the need for a pole in applications where space is limited, and guarantees continuity when both street or asymmetrical luminaires are used.

2. Two-sided halfway

Page 367: Martini - Outdoor 2015

366

scalato 7%

scalato 7%

32 86 79

ø570×H261

ø570×H261

IP65

IP65

 230V / 50Hz

 230V / 50Hz

IP65 220-240V / 50-60Hz

scalato 7%

ø460×H211

ø460×H211

IP65 220-240V / 50-60Hz

Naxos 460

Naxos 570

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code Code

MH-T / SH-T 100W E40 13.0 75068. _ _ 75069. _ _MH / SHP 150W 75062. _ _ 75063. _ _MH-T 250W 75064. _ _ 75065. _ _SHP-T 250W 75066. _ _ 75067. _ _

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code Code

MH-T / SHP-T 100W E40 19.5 75078. _ _ 75079. _ _MH-T / SHP-T 150W 20.0 75072. _ _ 75073. _ _MH-T 250W 21.0 75074. _ _ 75075. _ _SHP-T 250W 21.0 75076. _ _ 75077. _ _

asymmetrical optic

asymmetrical optic

street optic

street optic

Colour identification to be added to the code

street optic

Street optic

NW (Neutral White): CRI 75 / lm 6980 / K 4200WW (Warm White): CRI 80 / lm 6120 / K 3000

NW (Neutral White): CRI 75 / lm 10670 / K 4200WW (Warm White): CRI 80 / lm 9360 / K 3000

Light source Wattage kg Code

72-LED* 107W 18.0 75097. _ _ NW / WW

* Class I luminaire version with integrated overvoltage protection up to 10 kV available on request.For information on ordering poles → see page 434

Light source Wattage kg Code

36-LED* 76W 12.0 75096. _ _ NW / WW

0.083 m²

0.125 m²

Page 368: Martini - Outdoor 2015

367

Nax

os 5

70 /

pole

mou

nt tw

o ar

ms

Page 369: Martini - Outdoor 2015

368

1 2 3

1. Fixed mount2. Adjustable mount3. The Naxos street

luminaire is available in the single, double, triple and tower configurations.

4.000

6.000

8.000

10.000

Page 370: Martini - Outdoor 2015

369

1 2 3

+ +

32 86 79Colour identification to be added to the code

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 60 155 78074. _ _Ø 89 155 78078. _ _Ø 102 155 78082. _ _Ø 120 155 78086. _ _Ø 142 180 78090. _ _Ø 171 180 78094. _ _

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 60 155 78075. _ _Ø 89 155 78079. _ _Ø 102 155 78083. _ _Ø 120 155 78087. _ _Ø 142 180 78091. _ _Ø 171 180 78095. _ _

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 102 155 78084. _ _Ø 120 155 78088. _ _Ø 142 180 78092. _ _Ø 171 180 78096. _ _

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 102 155 78085. _ _Ø 120 155 78089. _ _Ø 142 180 78093. _ _Ø 171 180 78097. _ _

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 60 155 78100. _ _Ø 89 155 78101. _ _Ø 102 155 78102. _ _Ø 120 155 78103. _ _Ø 142 180 78104. _ _Ø 171 180 78105. _ _

Code

78099. _ _

Code

78111. _ _

Components

→ Naxos 460/570 Pole mount1 arm

Pole mount2 arms

Pole mount3 arms

Pole mount4 arms

Adjustable pole mount(from 0° to +20°)

Fixed wall mount

Adjustable wall mount(from 0° to +20°)

Guide to ordering

1. Luminaire2. Pole (page 434)3. Mount

Page 371: Martini - Outdoor 2015

370

Page 372: Martini - Outdoor 2015

371

Page 373: Martini - Outdoor 2015

372

1 2 3 4

+ + +

Guide to ordering

1. Luminaire2. Pole (page

434)3. Mount

(1-piece pack)4. Arm

Illustration of the Twin 4 double arm system for Naxos 460 and Naxos 570.Satin-finish grey coated steel arm structure, cast aluminium pole mount and stainless steel screws for fixing components.

Twin 4 single-arm systemL=1200

Twin 4 single-arm systemL=1500

TWIn 4 ARM

Page 374: Martini - Outdoor 2015

373

Page 375: Martini - Outdoor 2015

374

Page 376: Martini - Outdoor 2015

375

32 86 79

Ø

H

2600

648

540

2000

1000

540

1300

648

Ø

H

Twin 4 single arm 1200 code 78115._ _

Twin 4 single arm 1500 code 78120. _ _

Twin 4 double arm 1200code 78125._ _

Twin 4 double arm 1500code 78130._ _

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 102 155 78009. _ _

Ø 120 155 78013. _ _

Ø 142 180 78017. _ _

Ø 171 180 78021. _ _

Double mount

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 102 155 78008. _ _

Ø 120 155 78012. _ _

Ø 142 180 78016. _ _

Ø 171 180 78020. _ _

Single mount

Colour identification to be added to the code

Twin 4 arms

→ Naxos 460/570

→ Naxos 460/570

Page 377: Martini - Outdoor 2015

376 / 377

Page 378: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Studio ArcheaSeA

Page 379: Martini - Outdoor 2015

378

1 2 3

8632

79

SeA

www.martinilight.com/sea

Body

Die-cast aluminium body and glass support ring, cast aluminium pole mount and steel arm. The ring is recessed and locked in place using four captive screws. Tempered safety glass and aluminium reflector fixed to the body. Available in two sizes, with 380 and 460mm diameter.

Light sources

24 and 36 white LEDs with WW (Warm White, 3000K) and NW (Neutral White, 4200K) colour temperature for wattages ranging from 37W to 76W.Metal halide and high-pressure sodium lamps (70W to 250W).

emissions

Sidewalk, asymmetrical and street optics.

Power supply

Power factor corrected integrated electromagnetic control gear, and electronic control gear for LED luminaires.

Accessories

Fixed pole mounts with 1, 2, 3 or 4 arms, available for different pole diameters. Adjustable single pole mount available for different pole diameters. Fixed or adjustable wall mount.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

Textured greyAnthracite greyCorten finish

street luminaire

1. Concealed power cable

2. Side hinge on glass support ring

3. Mechanical disconnect switch

Sea

460

pole

mou

nt

Page 380: Martini - Outdoor 2015

379

Asymmetrical optic

Frontal projection for large spaces. With this optic, luminaires can be installed along the perimeter of the area to be illuminated.

Sidewalk optic

The sidewalk optic is ideal for pedestrian walkways and cycle paths, and can be combined with the street optic without interfering with road traffic. The optical system allows for increasing the distance between installations, resulting in higher energy saving.

Street optic

The street optic is designed and manufactured to concentrate most of the light flow onto the underlying road surface, resulting in a reduced number of installations and lower maintenance and electricity costs. The optical system allows for obtaining high and uniform levels of luminance on the road, while limiting the amount of glare.

Lighting category: S1

MH 70W RX7s

MH 70W RX7s

MH-T 150W E40

H B I Em Emin

4.00 4.00 16.00 21 5

H B I Lm Uo UL TI

8.00 7.00 29.60 1.20 0.40 0.50 7

Lighting category: S1

Lighting category: ME3c

Types of optics

H B I Em Emin

6.00 8.00 16.00 17 5

Road surface C2, q0=0.070H= Luminaire height [m]B= Road width [m]I= Distance between poles [m]Lm= Mean maintained luminance [cd/m2]Uo= General uniformity of luminanceUL= Longitudinal uniformity of luminanceTI= Physiological glare index [%]Em= Mean illuminance [lx] Emin= Minimum illuminance [lx]

Overvoltage protection

Luminaires mounting LED technology and the relevant accessories are far more sensitive to overvoltage compared to luminaires with traditional technology.It is therefore important to prevent malfunctions caused by overvoltage associated with the system or the atmosphere, by equipping the system with suitably sized devices designed to ensure its correct protection. To further guarantee the long-lasting life of its products, Martini proposes, on request, a Class I Sea version with integrated overvoltage protection up to 10 kV.

Page 381: Martini - Outdoor 2015

380

32 86 79

scalato 7%

scalato 7%ø460×H245

ø460×H245

ø380×H202

IP65  230V / 50Hz

IP65  230V / 50Hz

IP65

IP65

scalato 7%

ø380×H202

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code kg Code

MH / SHP 70W RX7s 8.50 75142. _ _ 8.50 75144. _ _MH / SHP 150 W RX7s-24 9.00 75143. _ _ 9.00 75145. _ _

Light source Wattage kg Code

24-LED* 37W 7.50 75166. _ _ NW / WW

Light source Wattage kg Code

36-LED* 76W 15.0 75167. _ _ NW / WW

Colour identification to be added to the code

Sea 380 asymmetrical optic sidewalk optic

sidewalk optic

street optic

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code Code

MH-T / SHP-T 100W E40 16.5 75158. _ _ 75159. _ _MH-T / SHP-T 150 W 17.0 75152. _ _ 75153. _ _MH-T 250W 18.0 75154. _ _ 75155. _ _SHP-T 250W 18.0 75156. _ _ 75157. _ _

Sea 460 asymmetrical optic street optic

NW (Neutral White): CRI 75 / lm 3560 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI 80 / lm 3120 / K 3000

NW (Neutral White): CRI 75 / lm 6980 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI 80 / lm 6120 / K 3000

0.067 m²

0.067 m²

0.094 m²

0.094 m²

* Class I luminaire version with integrated overvoltage protection up to 10 kV available on request.For information on ordering poles → see page 434

Page 382: Martini - Outdoor 2015

Sea

460

Sea

380

Sea

460

/ dou

ble

pole

mou

nt

Page 383: Martini - Outdoor 2015

382

1 2 3

1. Fixed mount2. Adjustable mount3. The pole-top Sea

street luminaire is available in the single, double, triple and tower configurations.

4.000

6.000

8.000

10.000

Page 384: Martini - Outdoor 2015

383

Page 385: Martini - Outdoor 2015

384

1 2 3

+ +

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 60 105 78024. _ _Ø 89 105 78028. _ _Ø 102 105 78032. _ _Ø 120 155 78134. _ _Ø 142 180 78136. _ _Ø 171 180 78138. _ _

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 60 105 78025. _ _Ø 89 105 78029. _ _Ø 102 105 78033. _ _Ø 120 155 78135. _ _Ø 142 180 78137. _ _Ø 171 180 78139. _ _

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 60 105 78026. _ _Ø 89 105 78030. _ _Ø 102 105 78034. _ _

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 60 105 78027. _ _Ø 89 105 78031. _ _Ø 102 105 78035. _ _

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 60 105 78036. _ _Ø 89 105 78037. _ _Ø 102 105 78038. _ _

Code

78039. _ _

Code

78110. _ _

Pole mount1 arm

Pole mount2 arms

Pole mount3 arms

Pole mount4 arms

Adjustable pole mount(from 0° to +20°)

Wall mountfixed

Adjustable wall mount(from 0° to +20°)

→ Sea 380

1. Luminaire2. Pole (page 434)3. Mount

Components

Guide to ordering

Page 386: Martini - Outdoor 2015

385

32 86 79Colour identification to be added to the code

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 60 155 78074. _ _Ø 89 155 78078. _ _Ø 102 155 78082. _ _Ø 120 155 78086. _ _Ø 142 180 78090. _ _Ø 171 180 78094. _ _

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 60 155 78075. _ _Ø 89 155 78079. _ _Ø 102 155 78083. _ _Ø 120 155 78087. _ _Ø 142 180 78091. _ _Ø 171 180 78095. _ _

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 102 155 78084. _ _Ø 120 155 78088. _ _Ø 142 180 78092. _ _Ø 171 180 78096. _ _

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 102 155 78085. _ _Ø 120 155 78089. _ _Ø 142 180 78093. _ _Ø 171 180 78096. _ _

Pole diameter Height (H) Code

Ø 60 155 78100. _ _Ø 89 155 78101. _ _Ø 102 155 78102. _ _Ø 120 155 78103. _ _Ø 142 180 78104. _ _Ø 171 180 78105. _ _

Code

78099. _ _

Code

78111. _ _

Pole mount2 arms

Pole mount3 arms

Pole mount4 arms

Pole mountadjustable(from 0° to +20°)

Wall-mountedfixed

Wall mountadjustable(from 0° to +20°)

→ Sea 460 Pole mount1 arm

Page 387: Martini - Outdoor 2015

386 / 387

Page 388: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Mauro SaitoHONO

Page 389: Martini - Outdoor 2015

388

8632

1 2

Body

Cast aluminium body and die-cast aluminium ring glass support; pole-fixing system made of cast aluminium. Tempered safety glass. Anti-oxidation surface treatment and high-resistance textured paint finish.

Light sources

24, 36 white LEDs with WW (Warm White, 3000K) and NW (Neutral White, 4200K) colour temperature for wattages ranging from 37W to 76W. Metal halide and high-pressure sodium lamps (70W, 100W, 150W and 250W).

Emissions

Sidewalk, asymmetrical and street optics.

Power supply

Electromagnetic powering with PFC capacitor and timed ignitor.

Accessories

Wide range of buried poles. Pole mounting element with 1 or 2 arms.→ see page 395

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

Embossed-effect greyAnthracite grey

HONO

www.martinilight.com/hono

street luminaire Hon

o 46

0

Hon

o 38

0

1. Side hinge on glass support ring

2. Mechanical disconnect switch

Page 390: Martini - Outdoor 2015

389

H B I Em Emin

6.00 8.00 14.00 15 3

Road surface C2, q0=0.070H= Luminaire height [m]B= Road width [m]I= Distance between poles [m]Lm= Mean maintained luminance [cd/m2]Uo= General uniformity of luminanceUL= Longitudinal uniformity of luminanceTI= Physiological glare index [%]Em= Mean illuminance [lx] Emin= Minimum illuminance [lx]

Asymmetrical optic

Frontal projection for large spaces. With this optic, luminaires can be installed along the perimeter of the area to be illuminated.

Sidewalk optic

The sidewalk optic is ideal for pedestrian walkways and cycle paths, and can be combined with the street optic without interfering with road traffic. The optical system allows for increasing the distance between installations, resulting in higher energy saving.

Street optic

The street optic is designed and manufactured to concentrate most of the light flow onto the underlying road surface, resulting in a reduced number of installations and lower maintenance and electricity costs.The optical system allows for obtaining high and uniform levels of luminance on the road, while limiting the amount of glare.

Lighting category: S2

MH 70W RX7s

MH 70W RX7s

MH 150W E40

H B I Em Emin

5.00 4.00 18.50 22 5

H B I Lm Uo UL TI

8.00 8.00 28.50 1.20 0.40 0.50 8

Lighting category: S1

Lighting category: ME3c

Types of optics

Overvoltage protection

Luminaires mounting LED technology and the relevant accessories are far more sensitive to overvoltage compared to luminaires with traditional technology.It is therefore important to prevent malfunctions caused by overvoltage associated with the system or the atmosphere, by equipping the system with suitably sized devices designed to ensure its correct protection. To further guarantee the long-lasting life of its products, Martini proposes, on request, a Class I Hono version with integrated overvoltage protection up to 10 kV.

Page 391: Martini - Outdoor 2015

390

scalato 7%

scalato 7%

32 86

ø460×H920

IP65

IP65

 230V / 50Hz

 230V / 50Hz

ø380×H650

scalato 7%

IP65  220-240V / 50-60Hz

IP65  220-240V / 50-60Hz

Hono 380

Hono 460

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code Code

MH / SHP 70W RX7s 19.0 75620. _ _ 75622. _ _MH / SHP 150W RX7s-24 75621. _ _ 75623. _ _

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code Code

MH-T / SHP-T 100W E40 38.0 75629. _ _ 75625. _ _MH-T / SHP-T 150W 75630. _ _ 75626. _ _MH-T 250W 75631. _ _ 75627. _ _SHP-T 250W 75632. _ _ 75628. _ _

asymmetrical optic

asymmetrical optic

sidewalk optic

street optic

Colour identification to be added to the code

sidewalk optic

NW (Neutral White): CRI 75 / lm 3560 / K 4200WW (Warm White): CRI 80 / lm 3120 / K 3000

Light source Wattage kg Code

24 LED* 37W 18,0 75624. _ _ NW / WW

street optic

NW (Neutral White): CRI 75 / lm 6980 / K 4200WW (Warm White): CRI 80 / lm 6120 / K 3000

Light source Wattage kg Code

36 LED* 76W 37,0 75633. _ _ NW / WW

* Class I luminaire version with integrated overvoltage protection up to 10 kV available on request.

0.245 m²

0.245 m²

0.139 m²

0.139 m²

Page 392: Martini - Outdoor 2015

391

Hon

o 46

0 / d

oubl

e ar

m

Hon

o 38

0 / s

ingl

e ar

m

Page 393: Martini - Outdoor 2015

392

Page 394: Martini - Outdoor 2015

393

Page 395: Martini - Outdoor 2015

394

4,000

6,000

8,000

10,000

• The street luminaire is available in the single and double arm configurations

Page 396: Martini - Outdoor 2015

395

32 86

840

970

70

778

1940

70

870

1270

70

808

2540

70

Components

→ Hono 380

Code

75635. _ _

Code

75636. _ _

Single arm Double arm

→ Hono 460

Code

75637. _ _

Code

75638. _ _

Single arm Double arm

Colour identification to be added to the code

For information on ordering poles → see page 434

Page 397: Martini - Outdoor 2015

396 / 397

Page 398: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Martini Staffacuto

design: Martini Staff

Page 399: Martini - Outdoor 2015

398

2 31

38

acuto

www.martinilight.com/acuto

Body

Die-cast aluminium upper and lower cap, flat tempered glass, aluminium optic, stainless steel screws. The optical assembly can be opened from the top through a mechanical locking system without the aid of tools. Rear joint with mount for 60mm-diameter poles to be positioned vertically or horizontally.

Light sources

Tubular metal halide lamps (70W to 250W), high-pressure sodium lamps (70W to 250W), and ellipsoidal sodium lamp (70W).

Emissions

Street and sidewalk optics.

Power supply

Power factor corrected incorporated electromagnetic control gear with timed igniter. All versions are fitted with a mechanical disconnect switch that cuts off the power supply when the upper cap is opened.

colours

Extra-light grey

street luminaire

1. Street optic2. Sidewalk optic3. Mount for 60mm poles

Page 400: Martini - Outdoor 2015

399

1 2

H B I Em Emin

4.00 4.00 20 19 5

1. Two sides alternate2. Single side

types of optics

Lighting category: S1

Road surface C2, q0=0.070H= Luminaire height [m]B= Road width [m]I= Distance between poles [m]Lm= Mean maintained luminance [cd/m2]Uo= General uniformity of luminanceUL= Longitudinal uniformity of luminanceTI= Physiological glare index [%]Em= Mean illuminance [lx] Emin= Minimum illuminance [lx]

SPH-t 150W E40H B I Lm Uo UL TI

8.00 8.00 30.00 1.00 0.60 0.70 7Lighting category: ME3a

Street optic

The street optic is designed and manufactured to concentrate most of the light flow onto the underlying road surface, resulting in a reduced number of installations and lower maintenance and electricity costs.The optical system allows for obtaining high and uniform levels of luminance on the road, while limiting the amount of glare.

Sidewalk optic

The sidewalk optic is ideal for pedestrian walkways and cycle paths, and can be combined with the street optic without interfering with road traffic. The optical system allows for increasing the distance between installations, resulting in higher energy saving.

Installation examples

MH-t 70W E27

Page 401: Martini - Outdoor 2015

400

IP66

scalato 7%ø540×286×H248

 230V / 50Hz

For information on ordering poles, see page 434

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code Code

SHP-E 70W E27 8.00 75340.38 75348.38MH-T / SHP-T 70W E27 8.00 75341.38 75349.38MH-T / SHP-T 100W E40 8.00 75342.38 75350.38MH-T / SHP-T 150W E40 8.80 75343.38 75351.38MH-T 250W E40 9.80 75344.38SHP-T 250W E40 9.80 75345.38

acuto Street optic Sidewalk optic

0.09 m²

Page 402: Martini - Outdoor 2015

401

Page 403: Martini - Outdoor 2015

402 / 403

Page 404: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Matteo Nunziati, Alessandro ScandolaSquAdrA

Page 405: Martini - Outdoor 2015

404

8679

68

1 2

SquAdrA

www.martinilight.com/squadra

Body

The die-cast aluminium body and bezel, curved tempered glass, super-pure aluminium optics and stainless steel screws ensure an IP65 protection rating. Light source replacement and maintenance procedures are facilitated thanks to the straightforward design of the luminaire, which also ensures easy cleaning without having to alter the luminaire's orientation.

Light sources

24 or 36 white LEDs with WW (Warm White, 3000K) and NW (Neutral White, 4200K) colour temperature for wattages ranging from 51W to 76W. Metal halide lamps in the double-sided version (RX7s, Fc2) with 70W, 150W or 250W wattages.High-pressure sodium lamps with the same electrical features can also be installed in the same body.

Emissions

Symmetrical, asymmetrical, sidewalk and street optics for metal halide and high-pressure sodium lamps.LED version with sidewalk and street optics.

Power supply

Integrated electromagnetic control gear with power factor corrected circuit, or electronic control gear for the fluorescent lamp or LED versions.

Accessories

Mounting bracket for wall/ceiling or floor.Cut-off screen.The standard arms and poles make the Squadra system complete and suitable for the most diverse applications.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

GreyAnthracite greyCorten finish

spotlight

1. Example of correct installation

2. Example of incorrect installation

Squa

dra

wal

l-m

ount

ed

Page 406: Martini - Outdoor 2015

405

H B I Em Emin

6.00 8.00 14.00 10 3

Symmetrical optic

Symmetrical light distribution for guaranteeing optimal levels of horizontal illumination.

Lighting category: S2

Overvoltage protection

Luminaires mounting LED technology and the relevant accessories are far more sensitive to overvoltage compared to luminaires with traditional technology.It is therefore important to prevent malfunctions caused by overvoltage associated with the system or the atmosphere, by equipping the system with suitably sized devices designed to ensure its correct protection. To further guarantee the long-lasting life of its products, Martini proposes, on request, a Class I Squadra version with integrated overvoltage protection up to 10 kV.

Asymmetrical optic

Frontal projection for large spaces. With this optic, luminaires can be installed along the perimeter of the area to be illuminated.

MH 70W RX7s

Types of optics

Sidewalk optic

The sidewalk optic is ideal for pedestrian walkways and cycle paths, and can be combined with the street optic without interfering with road traffic. The optical system allows for increasing the distance between installations, resulting in higher energy saving.

MH 70W RX7s

H B I Em Emin

4.00 4.00 18.00 21 5Lighting category: S1

Street optic

The street optic is designed and manufactured to concentrate most of the light flow onto the underlying road surface, resulting in a reduced number of installations and lower maintenance and electricity costs.The optical system allows for obtaining high and uniform levels of luminance on the road, while limiting the amount of glare.

MH 150W RX7s-24

H B I Lm Uo UL TI

6.00 6.00 20.00 1.30 0.40 0.60 3Lighting category: ME3b

Road surface C2, q0=0.070H= Luminaire height [m]B= Road width [m]I= Distance between poles [m]Lm= Mean maintained luminance [cd/m2]Uo= General uniformity of luminanceUL= Longitudinal uniformity of luminanceTI= Physiological glare index [%]Em= Mean illuminance [lx] Emin= Minimum illuminance [lx]

Page 407: Martini - Outdoor 2015

406

68 86 79

IP65

IP65

IP65  230V / 50Hz

 220-240V / 50-60Hz

IP65  220-240V / 50-60Hz

 230V / 50Hz

465×260×H116

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

MH 70W RX7s 7.30 76016. _ _MH 150W RX7s-24 8.50 76018. _ _

Light source Wattage kg Code

36-LED 76W 7.00 78880. _ _ NW / WW

Colour identification to be added to the code

Accessories

Cut-off screencode 76025.00

Class I luminaire version with integrated overvoltage protection up to 10 kV available on request.

NW (Neutral White): CRI 75 / lm 4660-6980 / K 4000WW (Warm White): CRI 80 / lm 4080-6120 / K 3000

Squadra

Squadra LEdLight source Wattage kg Code

24-LED 51W 7.00 78882. _ _ NW / WW

symmetrical optic

street optic

sidewalk optic

asymmetrical optic sidewalk optic

Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code kg Code kg Code

MH 35W G12 7.30 76021. _ _ 7.00 76022. _ _ 5.00 76023. _ _MH / SHP 70W RX7s 7.30 76001. _ _ 7.00 76006. _ _ 5.00 76011. _ _MH / SHP 150W RX7s-24 8.70 76000. _ _ 8.60 76005. _ _ 6.10 76010. _ _MH 250W Fc2 9.50 76002. _ _ 9.50 76007. _ _ 7.30 76012. _ _SHP 250W Fc2 9.50 76003. _ _ 9.50 76008. _ _ 7.30 76013. _ _

FL TC-TE 2×42W GX24q-4 6.00 76020. _ _

scalato 7%

scalato 7%

scalato 7%

465×260×H116

465×260×H116

street optic

Mount for wall, floor or ceiling installationcode 76027.00

0.041 m²

0.041 m²

0.041 m²

0.041 m²

Page 408: Martini - Outdoor 2015

407

68 86 79

Type-1 single arm

Type-1 double arm

Type-2 single arm

Type-2 double arm

Type-3 wall-mounted arm

Type-3 single arm

Type-3 double arm

Bilico

Pole top dimensions Code

ø 60 76028._ _

Pole top dimensions Code

ø 60 76029._ _

Pole top dimensions Code

ø 89 76335._ _

Pole top dimensions Code

ø 89 76336._ _

Code

76339._ _

Pole top dimensions Code

ø 89 76337._ _

Pole top dimensions Code

ø 89 76338._ _

Pole top dimensions Code

ø 60 76024._ _

Colour identification to be added to the codeFor information on ordering poles → see page 434

Page 409: Martini - Outdoor 2015

408

Squa

dra

/ B

ilico

Squa

dra

/ A

rm 1

sin

gle

Page 410: Martini - Outdoor 2015

409

Squa

dra

/ A

rm 2

sin

gle

Squa

dra

/ A

rm 3

sin

gle

Page 411: Martini - Outdoor 2015

410

design: Barin, Facchinetti, Lazzeri, ZorzoliBILICO

The result of in-depth research into the relationships defining the city, the Bilico arm showcases the features of logic and attention to detail, combined with just the right amount of expressive vitality.

6.000

5.000

4.000

Page 412: Martini - Outdoor 2015

411

68 86 79

960

1040

Bilico

Colour identification to be added to the codeFor information on ordering poles → see page 434

Bilico mount for pole with Ø 60 top code 76024._ _

Page 413: Martini - Outdoor 2015
Page 414: Martini - Outdoor 2015
Page 415: Martini - Outdoor 2015

414

1 2

Type-1 arms, coupled with the many poles available and the Squadra luminaire, make the system suitable for use in urban and public environments. The professional optics and compact dimensions of the luminaire, together with its pleasant appearance, are capable of satisfying all customer requests.

design: Martini StaffTYPE-1 ArM

1. Single arm2. Double arm

4.500

4.000

5.500

6.000

Page 416: Martini - Outdoor 2015

415

367

86

626

317

86

1092

68 86 79For information on ordering poles → see page 434

Type-1 single arm for pole with Ø 60 top code 76028._ _

Type-1 double arm for pole with Ø 60 top code 76029._ _

Colour identification to be added to the code

Type-1 arm

Page 417: Martini - Outdoor 2015

416

1 2

The range types and pole customisation options allow for developing a visually sober product. Suitable for a wide range of different installations.

design: Pier Filippo Ferrari

1. Single arm2. Double arm

TYPE-2 ArM

4.500

3.500

Page 418: Martini - Outdoor 2015

417

751

548

1385

68 86 79Colour identification to be added to the codeFor information on ordering poles → see page 434

Type-2 single arm for pole with Ø 89 top code 76335._ _

Type-2 double arm for pole with Ø 89 top code 76336._ _

Type-2 arm

Page 419: Martini - Outdoor 2015

418

1 2

Lighting system installable on poles or on wall, designed for urban or residential areas. The technicians are able to propose a number of solutions, including: single arm, double arm and arm for wall-mounted installation.

design: Gianluca Sgalippa

1. Single and double arm

2. Wall-mounted arm

TYPE-3 ArM

4.500

3.500

Page 420: Martini - Outdoor 2015

419

1030

400

105

250

1800

400

105

250

65825

040

0

68 86 79

Type-3 wall-mounted armcode 76339._ _

Type-3 single arm for pole with Ø 89 topcode 76337. _ _

Type-3 double arm for pole with Ø 89 topcode 76338. _ _

Colour identification to be added to the codeFor information on ordering poles → see page 434

Type-3 arm

Page 421: Martini - Outdoor 2015

420 / 421

Page 422: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Rusconi, Clerici, AgnolettoNOD

Page 423: Martini - Outdoor 2015

422

8632

NOD

www.martinilight.com/nod

Body

Cast aluminium body and pole-top mounting system, contoured steel support arms. Tempered safety glass. Aluminium reflector subjected to metal plating treatment. Tempered glass closing screen. Rotation of the optic structure around the support arms by ±15°.

Light sources

22 or 44 LEDs, available in the NW (Neutral White, 4200K) and WW (Warm White, 3000K) versions. Metal halide lamp (70W/150W) with Rx7s and G12 base, and high-pressure sodium lamp (70W/150W).

Emissions

Asymmetrical or roto-symmetrical. LED version with roto-symmetrical emission.

Power supply

Integrated electronic control gear in the LED version and electromagnetic control gear in the metal halide and high-pressure sodium versions.

Accessories

Pole diameter 102mm, various heights.

Colours

Complete the code by inserting in the appropriate spaces _ _ the number corresponding to the chosen colour.

Textured greyAnthracite grey

urban decor

• ± 15° head rotation

Page 424: Martini - Outdoor 2015

423

IP65  220-240V / 50-60Hz

IP65  230V / 50Hz

IP65  230V / 50Hz

scalato 5%ø500×H1044/1244

ø500×H1044/1244

scalato 5%

32 86

Nod

Colour identification to be added to the code

* Class I luminaire version with integrated overvoltage protection up to 10 kV available on request.For information on ordering poles → see page 434

Light source Wattage mm (H) kg Code

24-LED* 51W 1044 22.0 78698. _ _ NW / WW

1244 23.0 78699. _ _ NW / WW

Light source Wattage Fitting mm (H) kg Code

MH 70W G12 1044 23.0 78602. _ _150W 78603. _ _

MH / SHP 70W RX7s 22.0 78605. _ _150W RX7s-24 78606. _ _

MH 70W G12 1244 23.0 78612. _ _150W 78613. _ _

MH / SHP 70W RX7s 22.0 78615. _ _150W RX7s-24 78616. _ _

Light source Wattage Fitting mm (H) kg Code

MH / SHP 70W RX7s 1044 23.0 78600. _ _MH / SHP 150W RX7s-24 78601. _ _

MH / SHP 70W RX7s 1244 78610. _ _MH / SHP 150W RX7s-24 78611. _ _

NW (Neutral White): CRI >80 / lm 4660 / K 4200WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 4080 / K 3000

roto-symmetrical optic

asymmetrical optic

0.04 m²

0.04 m²

0.04 m²

Page 425: Martini - Outdoor 2015

424

Page 426: Martini - Outdoor 2015

425

Page 427: Martini - Outdoor 2015

426

4.000

5.000

6.000

7.000

8.000

Overvoltage protection

Luminaires mounting LED technology and the relevant accessories are far more sensitive to overvoltage compared to luminaires with traditional technology.It is therefore important to prevent malfunctions caused by overvoltage associated with the system or the atmosphere, by equipping the system with suitably sized devices designed to ensure its correct protection. To further guarantee the long-lasting life of its products, Martini proposes, on request, a Class I Nod version with integrated overvoltage protection up to 10 kV.

Page 428: Martini - Outdoor 2015

427

Page 429: Martini - Outdoor 2015

428

Page 430: Martini - Outdoor 2015

429

Page 431: Martini - Outdoor 2015

430 / 431

Page 432: Martini - Outdoor 2015

design: Mauro SaitoALMIRA

Page 433: Martini - Outdoor 2015

432

8668

www.martinilight.com/almira

ALMIRAurban lighting

Body

White painted aluminium structure with shockproof thermoformed methacrylate diffuser body. Available in two sizes: 650mm and 900mm.

Light sources

Metal halide lamps (70W, 150W and 250W) with E27 or E40 base.

Emissions

Radial diffuse emission.

Power supply

Integrated electromagnetic control gear.

Colours

Diffusing body: Opal white

Mounting bracket: Grey Anthracite grey

Alm

ira

sing

le

Alm

ira

doub

le

• Pole mount with 102mm diameter

Page 434: Martini - Outdoor 2015

433

scalato 7%

scalato 7%

590×260×H900

500×220×H650

68 86

IP54  230V / 50Hz

1 2 3

4.000

6.000

8.000

10.000

Colour identification to be added to the code

Two luminaires must be ordered for the double versionFor information on ordering poles, see page 434

* The lamps must be of the standardised type: 70W / 1A and 150W / 1.8A** The lamps must be of the standardised type: 150W / 1.8A and 250W / 3A

1. Almira single2. Almira double3. Almira double

side view

Almira 650Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

MH* 70W E27 11.0 76790. _ _150W 12.0 76791. _ _

Almira 900Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code

MH** 150W E27 14.0 76792. _ _250W E40 15.0 76793. _ _

Page 435: Martini - Outdoor 2015

434

POLES

tape

red

coni

cal

cylin

dric

al

two-

piec

e cy

lindr

ical

The poles, made of S235JR steel, are subjected to hot-dip galvanising in conformity to the EN40-4 standard and are powder-coated with polyester paint.

For poles up to 5.5m above the ground: terminal board slot measuring 132×38mm.

For poles 6 m above the ground:terminal board slot measuring 186×45mm.

All poles are supplied with a protective end cap, terminal board (for 1 fuse, not included), terminal board cover and anchoring plate for flanged poles.Poles measuring 8m and 10m can be constructed in two pieces to be assembled using stainless steel bolts.

For 132×38mm slot: four-pole, 3-way monoblock terminal board with in/out power supply terminal up to size 6mm2 and branch terminal to the lamp up to size 2.5mm2, double insulated (Class II).Disconnectable fuse-holder (fuse not included).

For 186×45mm slot: four-pole, 3-way monoblock terminal board with in/out power supply terminal up to size 16mm2 and branch terminal to the lamp up to size 2.5mm2, double insulated (Class II).Disconnectable fuse-holder (fuse not included).

IP43 lid for covering the slot

All poles are approved for 1 street luminaire in zone 7 (wind speed 29m/s).When mounting two or more luminaires on a single pole, a stability test must be requested by contacting the Martini S.p.A. customer service.

Page 436: Martini - Outdoor 2015

435

68 86 79

132

500

800

186

38 45

350

600

1500

1800

132

186

38 45

1000

1000

180

180

250

250

270

270

350

350

Colour identification to be added to the code

Buried poles

Poles with anchoring plate

Description Ø top [mm] L [mm] above ground Th. [mm] Code

Tapered 60 4000 3 75822. _ _4500 3 75823. _ _5000 3 75866. _ _5500 3 75867. _ _6000 3 75868. _ _

Conical 4000 3 76040. _ _5000 3 76041. _ _6000 3 76042. _ _4000 4 75862. _ _5000 4 75864. _ _6000 4 75865. _ _8000 4 75845. _ _10000 4 75847. _ _

Cylindrical 89 3500 3 75800. _ _4500 3 75801. _ _

102 4000 3 75820. _ _5000 3 75802. _ _5500 3 75870. _ _7000 4 75826. _ _

120 5000 3 75803. _ _6000 3 75804. _ _

140 8000 3 75805. _ _8000 4 75806. _ _

170 10000 4 75808. _ _Two-piece cylindrical 190/120 8000 3 75807. _ _

10000 4 75809. _ _

Description Ø top [mm] L [mm] above ground Th. [mm] Code

Tapered 60 4000 3 75824. _ _4500 3 75825. _ _5000 3 75873. _ _5500 3 75874. _ _6000 3 75875. _ _

Cylindrical 89 3500 3 75810. _ _4500 3 75811. _ _

102 4000 3 75821. _ _5000 3 75812. _ _5500 3 75871. _ _7000 4 75827. _ _

120 5000 3 75813. _ _6000 3 75814. _ _

140 8000 3 75815. _ _8000 4 75816. _ _

170 10000 4 75818. _ _Two-piece cylindrical 190/120 8000 3 75817. _ _

10000 4 75819. _ _

For poles up to 6m For poles above 6m

Page 437: Martini - Outdoor 2015

436

500

800

10000

9000

7000

8000

6000

5500

5000

4500

4000

3500

68 86 79

75822. _ _ 75823. _ _ 75866. _ _ 75867. _ _ 75868. _ _ 76040. _ _ 76041. _ _ 76042. _ _ 75862. _ _ 75864. _ _ 75865. _ _ 75845. _ _ 75847. _ _

Bell 380 • •

Bell 460/570

Naxos 460/570

Sea 380 • •

Sea 460

Lean • • • • • • • • • •

Squadra type-1 arm • • • • • • • •

Squadratype-2 arm

Squadratype-3 arm

Bilico • • • • • • • •

Demi • • • • • • • • • • • •

Acuto • • • • • • • • • • • •

Hono 380 • • • • •

Hono 460 • • • • •

Nod

Almira

Novi palo

Tape

red

Con

ical

Buried poles

Colour identification to be added to the code

Ø60 Ø60 Ø60Ø60 Ø60 Ø60 Ø60 Ø60 Ø60 Ø60 Ø60 Ø60 Ø60

Page 438: Martini - Outdoor 2015

437

500

800

10000

9000

7000

8000

6000

5500

5000

4500

4000

3500

75800. _ _ 75801. _ _ 75820. _ _ 75802. _ _ 75870. _ _ 75826. _ _ 75803. _ _ 75804. _ _ 75805. _ _ 75806. _ _ 75808. _ _ 75807. _ _ 75809. _ _

Bell 380 • • • • •

Bell 460/570 • • • • • • • •

Naxos 460/570 • • • • • • • •

Sea 380 • • • • •

Sea 460 • • • • • • • •

Lean • • • • •

Squadra type-1 arm

Squadra type-2 arm • •

Squadra type-3 arm • •

Bilico

Demi • • • • • •

Acuto • • • • • •

Hono 380

Hono 460

Nod • • • •

Almira • • • •

Novi palo •

Cyl

indr

ical

Two-

piec

e cy

lindr

ical

Buried poles

Ø89 Ø102 Ø102 Ø120Ø89 Ø102 Ø102 Ø120 Ø140 Ø140 Ø170 Ø120 Ø120

Page 439: Martini - Outdoor 2015

438

10000

9000

7000

8000

6000

5500

5000

4500

4000

3500

250×250

Ø60

250×250

Ø60

250×250

Ø60

250×250

Ø60

250×250

Ø60

250×250

Ø89

250×250

Ø89

250×250

Ø102

250×250

Ø102

68 86 79

Tape

red

Con

ical

75824. _ _ 75825. _ _ 75873. _ _ 75874. _ _ 75875. _ _ 75810. _ _ 75811. _ _ 75821. _ _ 75812. _ _

Bell 380 • • • • • •

Bell 460/570 •

Naxos 460/570 •

Sea 380 • • • • • •

Sea 460 •

Lean • • • • • •

Squadra type-1 arm • • • • •

Squadratype-2 arm • •

Squadratype-3 arm • •

Bilico • • • • •

Demi • • • • • • • • •

Acuto • • • • • • • • •

Hono 380

Hono 460

Nod • •

Almira • •

Novi palo

Colour identification to be added to the code

Poles with anchoring plate

Page 440: Martini - Outdoor 2015

439

10000

9000

7000

8000

6000

5500

5000

4500

4000

3500

350×350

Ø102

250×250

Ø120

250×250

Ø120

350×350

Ø140

350×350

Ø140

350×350

Ø170

350×350

Ø120

350×350

Ø120Ø102C

ylin

dric

al

Two-

piec

e cy

lindr

ical

Poles with anchoring plate

75871. _ _ 75827. _ _ 75813. _ _ 75814. _ _ 75815. _ _ 75816. _ _ 75818. _ _ 75817. _ _ 75819. _ _

Bell 380 •

Bell 460/570 • • • • • • •

Naxos 460/570 • • • • • • •

Sea 380 •

Sea 460 • • • • • • •

Lean • •

Squadra type-1 arm

Squadra type-2 arm

Squadra type-3 arm

Bilico

Demi • •

Acuto • •

Hono 380

Hono 460

Nod • •

Almira • •

Novi palo •

250×250

Page 441: Martini - Outdoor 2015

440

1 2 3 4

CONNECTION SYSTEMS

The protection of each single element of the light installation against corrosion of time and weather agents is an ultimate requirement. This is the reason why we present a range of connection systems that make electrical connections and disconnections easier and faster in total security, while extending the life of both connections and lighting fixtures.2 and 4-way connectors are available, in standard or anti-condensation version, IP68 version and IP67 3-pole junction box, supplied as complete installation kits.

1. The closing accessory guarantees correct product installation for IP68

protection.2. Connections can be made

with the IP68 maximum protection rating against water and dust penetration.3. Multiple connector versions

and applications. 4. The special anti-condensation

barrier protects the system in critical conditions of use. The product prevents humidity passing through the cable from reaching the connection and entering the fixture.

Page 442: Martini - Outdoor 2015

441

70

82

80

54

80

54Ø

23

68

Ø 2

3

80

2-way, 4-pole connector

4-way, 4-pole connector

4-way, 4-pole connector, anti-condensation

Junction box

code 93550.00

code 93551.00

code 93552.00

code 93553.00

code 93554.00

Number of poles: 4Cables diameter: 7-12mmProtection rating: IP68

Number of poles: 4Cables diameter: 7-12mmProtection rating: IP68

Number of poles: 4Cables diameter: 8-12mmProtection rating: IP68

Number of poles: 4Cables diameter: 8-12mmProtection rating: IP68

Terminal board: 3-poleCables diameter: 4-9.5mmProtection rating: IP67

2-way, 4-pole connector, anti-condensation

Page 443: Martini - Outdoor 2015

442

LIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMS

Light control is a key element in the lighting design of space. Controlling the switch-on, the chromatic light flux and the combination of these features in preset scenes is necessary to live different spaces in different ways, according to the time of the day, the external daylight conditions and the layout of space.

A careful design of the lighting installation, as well as of the management and control system, plays a crucial role. The most suitable elements must be chosen and combined to set up a correct communication with the various light sources. With this in mind, we present a range of tools that, once combined together, can solve numerous lighting requirements related with domestic and non-domestic environments.

DMX512 hometouch code 76495.00

Colour controller for recessed installation on walls

Interface for controlling and running lighting scenes with DMX512-A communication protocol. It can function as a MASTER module and directly perform the desired colour adjustments through the touch-sensitive front panel. Possibility of memorising up to 4 static lighting scenesset by the customer. It is also possible to perform oneof the 4 programmes with internally memorised dynamic lighting scenes. The controller can also function in SLAVE mode so the usercan control lighting scenes from multiple points, which facilitates control of the connected devices.

Main features:

• Adjustment of all colours. • Adjustment of the white colour temperature. • Dimming from 1 to 100%. • Front panel inclusive of all functions through touch-sensitive

buttons. • 4 touch-sensitive buttons for memorising static lighting scenes. • 4 touch-sensitive buttons for running pre-set dynamic lighting scenes. • Status signalling and programme running LED. • Button locking function. Electrically isolated DMX bus. • 32 KB memory space.• Power supply 8-30V AC/DC.

DMX512 homepro code 76496.00

Colour controller for recessed installation on walls

Interface with LCD screen for controlling and running lighting scenes with DMX512-A communication protocol, inclusive of an external stabilised ballast. It can function as a MASTER module and directly perform the desired colour adjustments by selecting pre-loaded or customisable static scenes, or perform pre-loaded or customisable dynamic programmes. All the functions are controlled through configuration buttons located on the front panel, while the effected functions appear on the LCD screen. The controller may control 2 DMX systems for a total of 1,024 channels; moreover, it can configure an additional 3 channels that can be used as 1-10V outputs or as inputs for activating functions. An internal memory records personal static scenes or customised programmes, and includes (standard feature) 25 pre-memorised static scenes and 14 dynamic programmes. It also has an internal calendar for standalone events programming with automatic activation, and allows for selecting the menu language on the display. Scenes and programmes can be controlled and run through a LAN network connection that also includes the WEB ACCESS function.

Main features:

• Adjustment of all DMX channels with consequent control of all colours.

• Dimming from 1 to 100%. • Electrically isolated DMX bus. • Control of two DMX systems with 512 channels each. • External ballast supplied as a standard feature. • Possibility of configuring 3 analogue outputs or 3 contact

inputs for activating events.• Internal clock with CMOS battery for 6 months. • Monochrome 128x64 pixel display with modifiable RGB

background colour Modifiable RGB.

Page 444: Martini - Outdoor 2015

443

Accessories

DMX analogue converter*code 76500.00

RGB control gearcode 76492.00

IP65 230-240V / 50-60Hz180×130×H80

IP65 230-240V / 50-60Hz180×130×H80

IP65 230-240V / 50-60Hz180×130×H80

Signal amplifier DMX512code 76494.00

Signal amplifier DMX-RDMcode 76529.00

Transceiver DMX-RDM wireless receiver/transmittercode 76531.00

3-channel DMX controllerfor Stripled RGB code 76527.00

3-channel amplifierfor Stripled RGBcode 76528.00

* Interface for signal conversion from DMX to analogue 0-10V. Thanks to this interface, it is possible to create a complex DMX-based lighting scheme while also controlling and dimming monochrome LED-based fixtures,or fluorescent lamps that use analogue 0-10V electronic ballasts. Main features: Signal conversion from DMX-512 to 0-10V analogue on 72 channels.Front panel display that visualises the DMX address.Possibility of creating pre-programmed lighting scenes.+(-)10V, +(-)12V to +(-)15V analogue output.

IP65 90-250 VAC 250×180×H67.5

90W max., 12V

180W max., 12V

RDM controller withconnection cables80×60×H40code 76530.00

Page 445: Martini - Outdoor 2015

444

Page 446: Martini - Outdoor 2015

445

Page 447: Martini - Outdoor 2015

446

Definition Mount Wattage(W)

Voltage(V)

Beam(°)

Flux(lm)

Intensity(cd)

Colourrendering

Colour T.(K)

Duration (h)

Luminousefficiency

Energylabel

Code

Halogen lampsA55 TRANSPARENT E27 46 230 / 700 / 1A 2800 800 15 E 4.96090.30

E27 57 230 / 915 / 1A 2800 800 16 E 4.96090.33E27 77 230 / 1320 / 1A 2800 800 17 E 4.96090.47E27 116 230 / 2135 / 1A 2800 800 18 E 4.96095.45

Halogen lampsQT-32 TRANSPARENT E27 100 230 / 1800 / 1A 2900 2000 18 D 4.96091.26

E27 150 230 / 2870 / 1A 2900 2000 19 D 4.96091.47E27 205 230 / 4200 / 1A 2900 2000 20 D 4.96090.62

Halogen lampsQT-15 TRANSPARENT B15d 60 230 / 980 / 1A 2900 2000 16 D 4.96092.87

B15d 70 230 / 1180 / 1A 2900 2000 16 D 4.96090.91B15d 100 230 / 1800 / 1A 2900 2000 18 D 4.96090.92B15d 150 230 / 2870 / 1A 2900 2000 19 D 4.96090.93

Halogen lampsQT-14 TRANSPARENT G9 20 230 / 235 / 1A 2900 2000 10 D 4.96093.50

G9 33 230 / 460 / 1A 2900 2000 14 D 4.96093.51G9 48 230 / 740 / 1A 2900 2000 15 D 4.96093.52G9 60 230 / 980 / 1A 2900 2000 16 D 4.96093.53

Double socket halogen lampsQT-DE short (75mm) R7s 48 230 / 750 / 1A 3000 2000 16 D 4.96092.70

R7s 80 230 / 1400 / 1A 3000 2000 19 D 4.96090.89R7s 120 230 / 2250 / 1A 3000 2000 20 D 4.96091.32

QT-DE12 (114mm) R7s 120 230 / 2440 / 1A 3000 2000 20 D 4.96090.45R7s 160 230 / 3100 / 1A 3000 2000 20 D 4.96090.08R7s 230 230 / 5000 / 1A 3000 2000 22 D 4.96090.06

Mains voltage dichroic halogen lampsPAR16 GU10 35 230 35 / 600 1A 2800 2000 / / 4.96093.61

GU10 50 230 35 / 950 1A 2800 2000 / / 4.96092.85GZ10 50 230 35 / 900 1A 2800 2000 / / 4.96092.86

PAR20 E27 50 230 10 / 3000 1A 2900 2000 / / 4.96092.26E27 50 230 30 / 1000 1A 2900 2000 / / 4.96092.16

PAR30S ALU E27 75 230 10 / 6900 1A 2900 2000 / / 4.96093.77E27 75 230 30 / 2200 1A 2900 2000 / / 4.96093.78

PAR30S DICRO E27 75 230 10 / 7500 1A 2900 2000 / / 4.96092.72E27 75 230 30 / 2400 1A 2900 2000 / / 4.96092.73

Low-voltage halogen lampsQT-9 TRANSP. STANDARD G4 10 12 / 140 / 1A 3000 2000 14 / 4.96093.62

G4 20 12 / 320 / 1A 3000 2000 16 / 4.96090.29QT-9 TRANSP. STARLITE G4 10 12 / 130 / 1A 3000 4000 13 / 4.96092.28

G4 20 12 / 300 / 1A 3000 4000 16 / 4.96093.68QT-12 TRANSP. STANDARD GY6,35 35 12 / 600 / 1A 3000 2000 17 / 4.96093.63QT-12 TRANSP. ECO G4 14 12 / 240 / 1A 3000 4000 17 / 4.96093.69

GY6,35 25 12 / 500 / 1A 3000 4000 20 / 4.96092.29GY6,35 35 12 / 860 / 1A 3000 4000 24 / 4.96093.70GY6,35 50 12 / 1200 / 1A 3000 4000 24 / 4.96093.71GY6,35 60 12 / 1650 / 1A 3000 4000 27 / 4.96093.72

Dichroic halogen lampsQR-CB35 GU4 20 12 10 / 3200 1A 3000 2000 / / 4.96093.80

GU4 20 12 36 / 500 1A 3000 2000 / / 4.96092.68GU4 35 12 10 / 5000 1A 3000 2000 / / 4.96093.81GU4 35 12 36 / 900 1A 3000 2000 / / 4.96092.71

QR-CB51 GU5,3 20 12 10 / 3000 1A 3000 2000 / / 4.96091.09GU5,3 20 12 36 / 480 1A 3000 2000 / / 4.96091.27GU5,3 35 12 10 / 6000 1A 3000 2000 / / 4.96093.45GU5,3 35 12 36 / 1000 1A 3000 2000 / / 4.96091.11GU5,3 50 12 10 / 7800 1A 3000 2000 / / 4.96091.64GU5,3 50 12 36 / 1450 1A 3000 2000 / / 4.96090.31

List of lamps

Page 448: Martini - Outdoor 2015

447

Definition Mount Wattage(W)

Voltage(V)

Beam(°)

Flux(lm)

Intensity[cd]

Colourrendering

Colour t.(K)

Duration [h]

Luminousefficiency

Energylabel

Code

Dichroic halogen lampsQR-CB51 TITAN GU5,3 20 12 10 / 5000 1A 3100 4000 / / 4.96093.46

GU5,3 20 12 36 / 780 1A 3100 4000 / / 4.96093.47GU5,3 20 12 60 / 350 1A 3100 4000 / / 4.96093.18GU5,3 35 12 10 / 9100 1A 3100 4000 / / 4.96093.38GU5,3 35 12 24 / 3100 1A 3100 4000 / / 4.96093.39GU5,3 35 12 36 / 1500 1A 3100 4000 / / 4.96092.20GU5,3 35 12 60 / 700 1A 3100 4000 / / 4.96092.36GU5,3 50 12 10 / 12500 1A 3100 4000 / / 4.96093.48GU5,3 50 12 24 / 4400 1A 3100 4000 / / 4.96092.88GU5,3 50 12 36 / 2200 1A 3100 4000 / / 4.96093.49GU5,3 50 12 60 / 1100 1A 3100 4000 / / 4.96092.69

Halogen lamps with incorporated reflectorAR70 BA15d 20 12 8 / 7700 1A 2900 2000 / / 4.96093.82

BA15d 20 12 24 / 900 1A 2900 2000 / / 4.96093.83BA15d 50 12 8 / 12500 1A 2900 2000 / / 4.96092.83BA15d 50 12 24 / 2600 1A 2900 2000 / / 4.96092.84

AR111 G53 50 12 4 / 40000 1A 3000 3000 / / 4.96092.66G53 50 12 6 / 17000 1A 3000 3000 / / 4.96093.44G53 50 12 24 / 4000 1A 3000 3000 / / 4.96092.23G53 75 12 6 / 30000 1A 3000 3000 / / 4.96093.19G53 75 12 24 / 5300 1A 3000 3000 / / 4.96092.22G53 75 12 40 / 2000 1A 3000 3000 / / 4.96092.25G53 100 12 6 / 48000 1A 3000 3000 / / 4.96092.67G53 100 12 24 / 8500 1A 3000 3000 / / 4.96092.21G53 100 40 2800 1A 3000 3000 / / 4.96092.27

Metal halide lamps with incorporated reflectorPAR16 MH GX10 20 / 12 / 9000 1B 3000 9000 / / 4.96095.43

GX10 20 / 25 / 2700 1B 3000 9000 / / 4.96095.44PAR20 MH E27 35 / 10 / 23000 1B 3000 9000 / / 4.96092.40

PAR30 MHE27 35 / 30 / 5300 1B 3000 9000 / / 4.96092.39E27 35 / 10 / 4000 1B 3000 9000 / / 4.96092.89E27 35 / 30 / 7400 1B 3000 9000 / / 4.96092.90E27 70 / 10 / 70000 1B 3000 9000 / / 4.96092.91E27 70 / 40 / 12000 1B 3000 9000 / / 4.96092.92

Single socket metal halide lampsMH PGJ5 Mini MASTER Colour® PGJ5 20 / / 1650 / 1B 3000 9000 82 / 4.96094.90MH G8,5 HCI G8,5 35 / / 3500 / 1B 3000 9000 97 / 4.96093.16

G8,5 70 / / 6900 / 1B 3000 9000 98 / 4.96093.17G8,5 70 / / 6600 / 1B 4200 9000 95 / 4.96093.84

MH G12 HCI G12 35 / / 3600 / 1B 3000 9000 102 / 4.96091.45G12 70 / / 7300 / 1B 3000 9000 104 / 4.96091.14G12 70 / / 6800 / 1A 4200 9000 98 / 4.96091.62G12 100 / / 9500 / 1A 3000 9000 95 / 4.96097.21G12 100 / / 9300 / 1A 4200 9000 93 / 4.96097.22G12 150 / / 15000 / 1A 3000 9000 100 / 4.96093.60G12 150 / / 14500 / 1B 4200 9000 96 / 4.96092.61

MH G12 MASTER Colour® G12 35 / / 3150 / 1B 3000 9000 94 / 4.96091.48G12 70 / / 6600 / 1B 3000 9000 94 / 4.96091.99G12 70 / / 6600 / 1A 4200 9000 83 / 4.96093.22G12 150 / / 14000 / 1A 3000 9000 93 / 4.96092.60G12 150 / / 12700 / 1B 4200 9000 85 / 4.96093.23G12 250 / / 22540 / 1B 3000 9000 92 / 4.96094.73

EDISON socket ellipsoidal metal halide lampsMH E27 Diffuser bulb E27 70 / / 5100 / 2A 3200 10000 67 / 4.96094.42

E27 150 / / 11600 / 2A 2900 10000 77 / 4.96094.43MH E40 Diffuser bulb E40 250 / / 19000 / 1A 5200 10000 76 / 4.96092.93

E40 400 / / 34000 / 1A 4600 10000 85 / 4.96091.97

List of lamps

Page 449: Martini - Outdoor 2015

448

Definition Mount Wattage(W)

Voltage(V)

Beam(°)

Flux(lm)

Intensity(cd)

Colourrendering

Colour t.(K)

Duration (h)

Luminousefficiency

Energylabel

Code

EDISON socket tubular metal halide lampsMH-T E27 E27 70 / / 7200 / 1B 3000 6000 100 / 4.96094.79MH-T E40 E40 100 / / 8800 / 1B 2800 6000 88 / 4.96094.80

E40 150 / / 14500 / 1B 3000 6000 96 / 4.96094.81E40 250 / / 27700 / 1B 3000 6000 104 / 4.96094.82E40 400 / / 42000 / 2B 3500 6000 105 / 4.96094.83E40 400 / / 33000 / 2B 4100 6000 83 / 4.96095.57

Double socket metal halide lampsMH RX7s HCI RX7s 70 / / 6800 / 1B 3000 9000 97 / 4.96090.78

RX7s 70 / / 6500 / 1A 4200 9000 92 / 4.96091.20MH RX7s-24 HCI RX7s-24 150 / / 14500 / 1B 3000 9000 96 / 4.96093.85

RX7s-24 150 / / 14400 / 1A 4200 9000 96 / 4.96090.71MH Fc2 Fc2 250 / / 25000 / 1B 3000 9000 100 / 4.96091.22MH RX7s MASTER Colour® RX7s 70 / / 6000 / 1B 3000 9000 93 / 4.96091.90

RX7s 70 / / 6000 / 1A 4200 9000 86 / 4.96093.21MH RX7s-24 MASTER Colour® RX7s-24 150 / / 12000 / 1B 3000 9000 88 / 4.96091.91

RX7s-24 150 / / 14000 / 1A 4200 9000 94 / 4.96093.24

EDISON socket ellipsoidal high-pressure sodium lampsSHP E27 Bulbo diffondente E27 70 / / 5900 / 4 2000 10000 80 / 4.96094.40SHP E40 Bulbo diffondente E40 150 / / 14500 / 4 2000 10000 97 / 4.96094.41

EDISON socket tubular high-pressure sodium lampsSHP-T E27 E27 70 / / 6600 / 4 2000 15000 86 / 4.96094.74SHP-T E40 E40 100 / / 10700 / 4 2000 18000 90 / 4.96094.75

E40 150 / / 17500 / 4 2000 18000 100 / 4.96094.76E40 250 / / 33000 / 4 2100 18000 112 / 4.96094.77E40 400 / / 56500 / 4 2000 18000 120 / 4.96094.78

Double socket high-pressure sodium lampsSHP RX7s 70 / / 6600 / 4 2100 12000 97 / 4.96093.86

RX7s-24 150 / / 15000 / 4 2100 12000 100 / 4.96093.14Fc2 250 / / 28000 / 4 2100 12000 102 / 4.96093.15

White SON® extremely high-pressure sodium lampsSDW PG12-1 35 / / 1250 / 1B 2500 10000 37 / 4.96092.76

PG12-1 50 / / 2300 / 1B 2500 10000 46 / 4.96092.77PG12-1 100 / / 5000 / 1B 2500 10000 50 / 4.96092.78GX12-1 50 / / 2400 / 1B 2500 10000 44 / 4.96093.88GX12-1 100 / / 4900 / 1B 2500 10000 50 / 4.96093.89

Fluorescent lampsTC-EL E27 11 230 / 640 / 1B 2500 15000 56 A 4.96091.79

E27 11 230 / 640 / 1B 4000 15000 56 A 4.96091.80E27 14 230 / 820 / 1B 2500 15000 57 A 4.96091.81E27 14 230 / 820 / 1B 4000 15000 57 A 4.96091.82E27 18 230 / 1040 / 1B 2500 15000 58 A 4.96091.83E27 18 230 / 1040 / 1B 4000 15000 58 A 4.96091.84E27 22 230 / 1440 / 1B 2500 15000 64 A 4.96091.85E27 22 230 / 1440 / 1B 4000 15000 64 A 4.96091.86E27 30 230 / 1940 / 1B 4000 15000 64 A 4.96097.23E27 30 230 / 1940 / 1B 2500 15000 64 A 4.96097.24

Compact fluorescent lamps with 1 tubeTC-S G23 11 / / 900 / 1B 2700 8000 82 A 4.96091.18

G23 11 / / 900 / 1B 3000 8000 82 A 4.96092.96G23 11 / / 900 / 1B 4000 8000 82 A 4.96091.17

TC-SE 2G7 11 / / 900 / 1B 2700 10000 82 A 4.96092.472G7 11 / / 900 / 1B 3000 10000 82 A 4.96093.902G7 11 / / 900 / 1B 4000 10000 82 A 4.96092.46

Compact fluorescent lamps with 2 tubesTC-D G24d-1 13 / / 900 / 1B 2700 8000 69 A 4.96091.04

G24d-1 13 / / 900 / 1B 3000 8000 69 A 4.96092.56G24d-1 13 / / 900 / 1B 4000 8000 69 A 4.96091.03G24d-2 18 / / 1200 / 1B 2700 8000 67 B 4.96091.08G24d-2 18 / / 1200 / 1B 3000 8000 67 B 4.96092.45

List of lamps

Page 450: Martini - Outdoor 2015

449

Definition Mount Wattage(W)

Voltage(V)

Beam(°)

Flux(lm)

Intensity(cd)

Colourrendering

Colour t.(K)

Duration (h)

Luminousefficiency

Energylabel

Code

TC-D G24d-2 18 / / 1200 / 1B 4000 8000 67 B 4.96091.07G24d-3 26 / / 1800 / 1B 2700 8000 69 B 4.96091.02G24d-3 26 / / 1800 / 1B 3000 8000 69 B 4.96091.24G24d-3 26 / / 1800 / 1B 4000 8000 69 B 4.96091.01

TC-DE G24q-1 13 / / 900 / 1B 2700 8000 69 A 4.96091.51G24q-1 13 / / 900 / 1B 3000 8000 69 A 4.96092.57G24q-1 13 / / 900 / 1B 4000 8000 69 A 4.96091.50G24q-2 18 / / 1200 / 1B 2700 8000 67 A 4.96091.53G24q-2 18 / / 1200 / 1B 3000 8000 67 A 4.96092.58G24q-2 18 / / 1200 / 1B 4000 8000 67 A 4.96091.52G24q-3 26 / / 1800 / 1B 2700 8000 69 B 4.96091.55G24q-3 26 / / 1800 / 1B 3000 8000 69 B 4.96092.59G24q-3 26 / / 1800 / 1B 4000 8000 69 B 4.96091.54

Compact fluorescent lamps with 3 tubesTC-T GX24d-1 13 / / 900 / 1B 2700 8000 69 A 4.96093.91

GX24d-1 13 / / 900 / 1B 3000 8000 69 A 4.96093.92GX24d-1 13 / / 900 / 1B 4000 8000 69 A 4.96093.93GX24d-2 18 / / 1200 / 1B 2700 8000 67 B 4.96092.01GX24d-2 18 / / 1200 / 1B 3000 8000 67 B 4.96092.02GX24d-2 18 / / 1200 / 1B 4000 8000 67 B 4.96092.03GX24d-3 26 / / 1800 / 1B 2700 8000 69 B 4.96092.04GX24d-3 26 / / 1800 / 1B 3000 8000 69 B 4.96092.05GX24d-3 26 / / 1800 / 1B 4000 8000 69 B 4.96092.06

TC-TE GX24q-1 13 / / 900 / 1B 2700 8000 69 A 4.96093.94GX24q-1 13 / / 900 / 1B 3000 8000 69 A 4.96093.95GX24q-1 13 / / 900 / 1B 4000 8000 69 A 4.96093.96GX24q-2 18 / / 1200 / 1B 2700 8000 67 A 4.96092.07GX24q-2 18 / / 1200 / 1B 3000 8000 67 A 4.96092.79GX24q-2 18 / / 1200 / 1B 4000 8000 67 A 4.96092.08GX24q-3 26 / / 1800 / 1B 2700 8000 69 B 4.96092.09GX24q-3 26 / / 1800 / 1B 3000 8000 69 B 4.96092.80GX24q-3 26 / / 1800 / 1B 4000 8000 69 B 4.96092.10GX24q-3 32 / / 2400 / 1B 2700 8000 75 B 4.96091.93GX24q-3 32 / / 2400 / 1B 3000 8000 75 B 4.96092.81GX24q-3 32 / / 2400 / 1B 4000 8000 75 B 4.96091.92GX24q-4 42 / / 3200 / 1B 2700 8000 76 B 4.96092.11GX24q-4 42 / / 3200 / 1B 3000 8000 76 B 4.96092.82GX24q-4 42 / / 3200 / 1B 4000 8000 76 B 4.96092.12

Compact linear fluorescent lampsTC-L 2G11 18 / / 1200 / 1B 2700 10000 67 B 4.96091.38

2G11 18 / / 1200 / 1B 3000 10000 67 B 4.96091.372G11 18 / / 1200 / 1B 4000 10000 67 B 4.96091.362G11 18 / / 750 / 1A 3000 10000 42 B 4.96093.972G11 18 / / 750 / 1A 4000 10000 42 B 4.96093.982G11 18 / / 750 / 1A 5000 10000 42 B 4.96093.992G11 24 / / 1800 / 1B 2700 10000 75 B 4.96091.412G11 24 / / 1800 / 1B 3000 10000 75 B 4.96091.402G11 24 / / 1800 / 1B 4000 10000 75 B 4.96091.422G11 24 / / 1200 / 1A 3000 10000 50 B 4.96094.012G11 24 / / 1200 / 1A 4000 10000 50 B 4.96094.022G11 24 / / 1200 / 1A 5000 10000 50 B 4.96094.032G11 36 / / 2900 / 1B 2700 10000 81 A 4.96091.442G11 36 / / 2900 / 1B 3000 10000 81 A 4.96091.432G11 36 / / 2900 / 1B 4000 10000 81 A 4.96091.352G11 36 / / 2750 / 1B 6000 10000 76 B 4.96094.042G11 36 / / 1900 / 1A 3000 10000 53 B 4.96094.052G11 36 / / 1900 / 1A 4000 10000 53 B 4.96094.062G11 36 / / 1900 / 1A 5000 10000 53 B 4.96094.072G11 40 / / 3500 / 1B 2700 10000 88 A 4.96091.942G11 40 / / 3500 / 1B 3000 10000 88 A 4.96091.952G11 40 / / 3500 / 1B 4000 10000 88 A 4.96091.962G11 40 / / 3325 / 1B 6000 10000 83 B 4.96094.082G11 40 / / 2200 / 1A 5000 10000 55 B 4.96094.092G11 55 / / 4800 / 1B 2700 10000 87 A 4.96091.732G11 55 / / 4800 / 1B 3000 10000 87 A 4.96091.742G11 55 / / 4800 / 1B 4000 10000 87 A 4.96091.75

List of lamps

Page 451: Martini - Outdoor 2015

450

Definition Mount Wattage(W)

Voltage(V)

Beam(°)

Flux(lm)

Intensity(cd)

Colourrendering

Colour t.(K)

Duration (h)

Luminousefficiency

Energylabel

Code

TC-L 2G11 55 / / 4550 / 1B 6000 10000 83 B 4.96094.102G11 55 / / 3000 / 1A 3000 10000 55 B 4.96094.112G11 55 / / 3000 / 1A 4000 10000 55 B 4.96094.122G11 55 / / 3000 / 1A 5000 10000 55 B 4.96094.132G11 80 / / 6000 / 1A 2700 10000 75 B 4.96094.362G11 80 / / 6500 / 1A 3000 10000 75 B 4.96094.372G11 80 / / 6500 / 1A 4000 10000 75 B 4.96094.38

Flat fluorescent lampsTC-F 2G10 18 / / 1100 / 1B 2700 10000 61 B 4.96092.17

2G10 18 / / 1100 / 1B 3000 10000 61 B 4.96092.182G10 18 / / 1100 / 1B 4000 10000 61 B 4.96092.192G10 24 / / 1700 / 1B 2700 10000 71 B 4.96092.972G10 24 / / 1700 / 1B 3000 10000 71 B 4.96092.982G10 24 / / 1700 / 1B 4000 10000 71 B 4.96092.992G10 36 / / 2800 / 1B 2700 10000 78 B 4.96092.652G10 36 / / 2800 / 1B 3000 10000 78 B 4.96091.292G10 36 / / 2800 / 1B 4000 10000 78 B 4.96091.28

T5 linear fluorescent lampsT5 G5 8 / / 450 / 1B 2700 10000 56 A 4.96094.44

G5 8 / / 430 / 1B 4000 10000 56 A 4.96094.45T5 Short (517mm) G5 13 / / 1000 / 1B 2700 10000 76 A 4.96094.48

G5 13 / / 970 / 1B 4000 10000 74 A 4.96094.47T5 G5 24 / / 1750 / 1B 2700 16000 72 A 4.96093.25

G5 24 / / 1750 / 1B 3000 16000 72 A 4.96092.50G5 24 / / 1750 / 1B 4000 16000 72 A 4.96092.41G5 24 / / 1600 / 1B 6500 16000 66 A 4.96092.49G5 39 / / 3100 / 1B 2700 16000 79 A 4.96094.14G5 39 / / 3100 / 1B 3000 16000 79 A 4.96092.53G5 39 / / 3100 / 1B 4000 16000 79 A 4.96092.52G5 39 / / 2850 / 1B 6500 16000 73 A 4.96092.51G5 54 / / 4450 / 1B 2700 16000 82 A 4.96094.15G5 54 / / 4450 / 1B 3000 16000 82 A 4.96092.55G5 54 / / 4450 / 1B 4000 16000 82 A 4.96092.48G5 54 / / 4100 / 1B 6500 16000 76 A 4.96092.54G5 49 / / 4300 / 1B 2700 16000 87 A 4.96095.04G5 49 / / 4300 / 1B 3000 16000 87 A 4.96095.03G5 49 / / 4300 / 1B 4000 16000 87 A 4.96095.02G5 49 / / 4100 / 1B 6500 16000 83 A 4.96095.06G5 80 / / 6150 / 1B 2700 16000 76 A 4.96094.16G5 80 / / 6150 / 1B 3000 16000 76 A 4.96092.75G5 80 / / 6150 / 1B 4000 16000 76 A 4.96093.12G5 80 / / 5700 / 1B 6500 16000 71 B 4.96093.13G5 14 / / 1200 / 1B 2700 16000 85 A 4.96094.17G5 14 / / 1200 / 1B 3000 16000 85 A 4.96093.08G5 14 / / 1200 / 1B 4000 16000 85 A 4.96093.09G5 14 / / 1100 / 1B 6500 16000 78 A 4.96093.10G5 21 / / 1900 / 1B 2700 16000 90 A 4.96094.18G5 21 / / 1900 / 1B 3000 16000 90 A 4.96092.63G5 21 / / 1900 / 1B 4000 16000 90 A 4.96093.06G5 21 / / 1750 / 1B 6500 16000 83 A 4.96093.07G5 28 / / 2600 / 1B 2700 16000 92 A 4.96094.19G5 28 / / 2600 / 1B 3000 16000 92 A 4.96092.30G5 28 / / 2600 / 1B 4000 16000 92 A 4.96092.31G5 28 / / 2400 / 1B 6500 16000 85 A 4.96092.32G5 35 / / 3320 / 1B 2700 16000 94 A 4.96094.20G5 35 / / 3320 / 1B 3000 16000 94 A 4.96092.33G5 35 / / 3320 / 1B 4000 16000 94 A 4.96092.34G5 35 / / 3050 / 1B 6500 16000 87 A 4.96092.35

T5 circular fluorescent lampsT5-C 2GX13 22 / / 1900 / 1B 2700 16000 82 A 4.96094.53

2GX13 22 / / 1900 / 1B 3000 16000 82 A 4.96094.522GX13 22 / / 1900 / 1B 4000 16000 82 A 4.96094.512GX13 22 / / 1700 / 1B 6500 16000 78 A 4.96094.502GX13 40 / / 3400 / 1B 2700 16000 80 A 4.96094.572GX13 40 / / 3400 / 1B 3000 16000 80 A 4.96094.56

List of lamps

Page 452: Martini - Outdoor 2015

451

Definition Mount Wattage(W)

Voltage(V)

Beam(°)

Flux(lm)

Intensity(cd)

Colourrendering

Colour t.(K)

Duration (h)

Luminousefficiency

Energylabel

Code

2GX13 40 / / 3100 / 1B 4000 16000 80 A 4.96094.552GX13 40 / / 3300 / 1B 6500 16000 75 A 4.96094.542GX13 55 / / 4200 / 1B 2700 16000 76 A 4.96094.292GX13 55 / / 4200 / 1B 3000 16000 76 A 4.96094.302GX13 55 / / 4200 / 1B 4000 16000 76 A 4.96094.312GX13 55 / / 3990 / 1B 6500 16000 69 A 4.96094.32

T8 circular fluorescent lampsT8 G13 36 / / 3350 / 1B 2700 12000 93 A 4.96091.58

G13 36 / / 3350 / 1B 3000 12000 93 A 4.96091.88G13 36 / / 3350 / 1B 4000 12000 93 A 4.96090.98G13 36 / / 3250 / 1B 6500 12000 90 A 4.96094.21G13 36 / / 2700 / 1A 3000 12000 75 A 4.96094.22G13 36 / / 2900 / 1A 4000 12000 80 A 4.96094.23G13 36 / / 2850 / 1A 5400 12000 79 A 4.96094.24G13 58 / / 5200 / 1B 2700 12000 90 A 4.96091.59G13 58 / / 5200 / 1B 3000 12000 90 A 4.96091.89G13 58 / / 5200 / 1B 4000 12000 90 A 4.96090.99G13 58 / / 5000 / 1B 6500 12000 86 A 4.96094.25G13 58 / / 4350 / 1A 3000 12000 75 A 4.96094.26G13 58 / / 4600 / 1A 4000 12000 79 A 4.96094.27G13 58 / / 4550 / 1A 5400 12000 78 A 4.96094.28

Fluorescent lampsGENURA R80 E27 23 230 / 1100 / 1B 2700 15000 48 A 4.96094.67

E27 23 230 / 1100 / 1B 3000 15000 48 A 4.96094.68

Special fluorescent lampsSylvania Micro Lynx F GX53 6 230 / 220 / / 3000 10000 / / 4.96094.58

GX53 6 230 / 220 / / 4000 10000 / / 4.96094.59

Metal halide lamps with incorporated reflectorMH CDM-R111 GX8,5 35 / 10 / 35000 1B 3000 9000 / / 4.96094.84

GX8,5 35 / 24 / 8500 1B 3000 9000 / / 4.96094.85GX8,5 35 / 40 / 4000 1B 3000 9000 / / 4.96094.86GX8,5 70 / 24 / 15000 1B 3000 9000 / / 4.96094.88GX8,5 70 / 40 / 9000 1B 3000 9000 / / 4.96094.89GX8,5 70 / 10 / 5000 1B 3000 9000 / / 4.96094.87

List of lamps

Page 453: Martini - Outdoor 2015

452

Definition Code Key kit for vandal-proof kit

Screwdriver insert kit for vandal-proof kit

Walkie Car 160 Vandal-proof screws kit 91102.00 76899.00 91141.00Walkie Car 230/300 Vandal-proof screws kit 91103.00 91133.00 91143.00Pila 125 Vandal-proof screws kit 91104.00 76899.00 91141.00Pilo 168 Vandal-proof screws kit 91106.00 91132.00+91133.00 91142.00+91143.00Pilo up Vandal-proof screws kit 91107.00 91132.00 91142.00Pilo 125 Vandal-proof screws kit 91108.00 76899.00 91141.00Moove IP65 Vandal-proof screws kit 91119.00 76899.00+91134.00 91141.00+91144.00Martino Vandal-proof screws kit 91120.00 91132.00+91134.00 91142.00+91144.00Riga Vandal-proof screws kit 91121.00 76899.00 91141.00Osio Pil walk-over 2 vandal-proof screw kits 91123.00 91132.00 91142.00Totem Vandal-proof screws kit 91115.00 76899.00+91133.00 91141.00+ 91143.00Totem wall-mounted Vandal-proof screws kit 91116.00 76899.00+91133.00 91141.00+ 91143.00Minitotem Vandal-proof screws kit 91117.00 76899.00+91133.00 91141.00+ 91143.00Minitotem wall-mounted Vandal-proof screws kit 91118.00 76899.00+91132.00+91133.00 91141.00+ 91142.00+91143.00Inoxa Vandal-proof screws kit 76898.00 76899.00 91141.00

Definition Code

Vandal-proof key size 2 91130.00Vandal-proof key size 2.5 76899.00Vandal-proof key size 3 91132.00Vandal-proof key size 4 91133.00Vandal-proof key size 5 91134.00

Definition Code

Screwdriver insert for vandal-proof screws size 2 91140.00Screwdriver insert for vandal-proof screws size 2.5 91141.00Screwdriver insert for vandal-proof screws size 3 91142.00Screwdriver insert for vandal-proof screws size 4 91143.00Screwdriver insert for vandal-proof screws size 5 91144.00

Vandal-proof screws kit

Vandal-proof key kit

Insert kit for screwdriver

Page 454: Martini - Outdoor 2015

453

Page 455: Martini - Outdoor 2015

454

Page 456: Martini - Outdoor 2015

455

Page 457: Martini - Outdoor 2015

456

10 1 10-2 10-4 10-6 10-8 10-10 10-12 10-14

3 •106 3 •108 3 •1010 3 •1012   3 •1016 3 •1018 3 •1020 3 •1022

Hz

700 nm 400 nm

BASIC LIGHTING TECHNOLOGY PRINCIPLES

Light is electromagnetic radiant energy that can be seen by the human eye, characterised by wavelength λ and frequency ν, linked by the formula: c= λ ν where c is the speed of light in a vacuum (300,000 km/sec). The set of familiar radiated waves is represented in the electromagnetic spectrum in the figure. Each wavelength for light radiation which falls within the visible interval (380nm - 780nm) has a different corresponding visual sensation, which is associated with the concept of colour.

"Colour temperature" is the temperature of a black body emitting light of that colour; for example, the sun has an emission spectrum which is very similar to that of a black body with a temperature of 5780K.

The ability of a light source to render the colours of the illuminated objects without alterations being necessary. It is expressed by an index Rª which varies between 0 and 100. The greater the Rª of a lamp, the more effectively it allows observers to see true colours.

Standards specify three groups of light sources in terms of the colour temperature associated with the emitted radiation: warm white <3300K, neutral white 3300K-5300K and cool white >5300K.

Luminous intensity (in a specific direction) is the flux emitted per unit solid angle ω in the specified direction.

The amount of light energy (visible to the human eye) emitted in a given unit of time by a light source within a solid angle ω.

Illuminance is the relationship between the luminous flux emitted and the illuminated surface. The illuminance produced by a luminous flux of a lumen meeting a surface area of 1 m² equals 1 Lux.

Luminous efficiency is the ratio of luminous flux to electrical power absorbed.

Luminance describes the relationship between the intensity emitted by a luminous surface in the direction of observation and the area of the right-angled projection of this surface on the axis at a right angle to that direction.

Glare is a condition where, due to the effect of very high luminances or extreme differences in luminances, visual perception becomes difficult or a sense of discomfort arises.

Light

metres

λ increases

ν increases

Visible range

Colour rendering RaColour rendering Ra

Colour rendering group

91-100 1A81-90 1B61-80 241-60 321-40 4

Colour temperature Unit of measurement: degrees Kelvin [K]

Radio waves TV waves Microwaves Infrared Ultraviolet X rays γ rays Cosmic rays

Wavelength λ

Frequency ν

Colour tone

Luminous intensity IUnit of measurement: Candela [cd]

Luminous flux фUnit of measurement: Lumen [lm]

Illuminance EUnit of measurement: Lux [lx]

Luminous efficiency ηUnit of measurement: [lm/W]

Luminance LUnit of measurement: [cd/m²]

Glare

Page 458: Martini - Outdoor 2015

457

1 2 3

LIGHTING POLLUTION

Problems connected to light pollution. The night sky is obscured due to the upward dispersion of artificial light. Bad quality light used for city centres, streets, squares, monuments, etc. Lighting not requested by local residents (e.g. bedrooms infiltrated by street lighting). Various problems arise in the life cycles of flora and fauna. Some species face extinction. Problems connected to light pollution: improved visual comfort and increased safety in traffic-heavy areas. Utilising natural resources as efficiently as possible, whenever and wherever necessary.Saving: energy, natural resources and money (up to 40% of the amount spent on public lighting services). Respecting the environment we live in.These are the reasons why Martini SpA. has been working for some time to design and manufacture lighting fixtures which respect the environment while guaranteeing visual comfort.The route taken by the company is not restricted to simply designing lighting fixtures which are compliant with legislation, but extends all the way to checking the installation process has been performed correctly, in order to obtain true and authoritative feedback from the designers and installers.The variety of products marketed by Martini SpA. up to this point has paved the way for the quicker and more efficient selection of a lighting fixture which meets all your lighting requirements and complies with current national legislation relating to light pollution and energy saving.

Lighting pollution

Definition:This term may be applied to every form of artificial light radiation dispersed outside the areas for which it was designed, especially if directed just above the line of the horizon.

Examples of incorrect installation

1. Light is dispersed towards the sky due to the excessive inclination of the appliance.

The visor accessory eliminates this problem and makes installation from below possible in historically or culturally significant buildings.

2. Non cut-off lighting fixtures disperse the luminous flux towards the sky and disturb the inhabitants of nearby residential areas.

3. The selection of more efficient street lighting fixtures limits the wattages used and reduces direct glare.

Examples of correct installation

Page 459: Martini - Outdoor 2015

458

LED TECHNOLOGY

LED is the acronym of Light Emitting Diode and is a type of semi-conductor, i.e. a material that lets electricity pass in a higher or lower amount according to the technical characteristics of the material itself. LEDs are created with a low-conductivity material that is doped in order to change the internal balance between positive and negative charges. When the semi-conductor material is doped, the atom is more unstable and the energy surplus is released as photons. Practically speaking, LEDs convert electrical energy into luminous energy.By changing to an unstable situation represented by the junction, high overheating is generated in this area and therefore the junction temperature (Tj) is a crucial parameter for the correct management and operation of LEDs. It should not be confused with the Tc value, which is the temperature measured in a specific point of the LED plate. For this reason, when designing a lighting installation, it is very important to comply with the temperature values provided by the manufacturer in order to deliver the best light flux and extend the life of the fixture.

The light flux is measured in lumen and is defined as the quantity of luminous energy emitted by the LED in the unit of time. The lighting project considers the light flux of the lighting fixture and not the light flux of the LED because the parameter of interest in the lighting installation is the light that actually comes out of the fixture. The following diagram shows the light flux losses that can be caused by ballasts, optics, reflectors, lenses, etc.The efficiency of the lighting fixture is strictly related with the light flux and is defined as the ratio between the light flux of the fixture and the absorbed power (not the LED rated power) and expressed in lm/W.

Considering that the market offers many types of LEDs with very different technical features and given the fact that just a few comparison standards are available, we will try to explain our reference parameters.

LED technology

Luminous flux

LED chip

Luminous flux: 100%

Fixture

Lower output due to:• Temperature control• Ballasts• Reflector• Lens

Actual light flux

100% of LED light flux minus output losses

LED chipPlate Bubble

Page 460: Martini - Outdoor 2015

459

10000K

9000K

8000K

7000K

6000K

5000K

4000K

3000K

2000K

Light is not always the same. It can be more or less white, cool or warm. The colours of objects are perceived differently, according to the type of light source used. Two very important parameters are used to classify the light sources from a qualitative viewpoint: colour temperature and chromatic rendering index.Colour temperature, which is expressed in Kelvin (K) degrees, is used to objectively identify and classify the colour of the light emitted by a lamp with respect to the sample source (black body). If we say that a lamp has a colour temperature of 3000K, we mean that at this temperature the black body will emit light of the same tone (defined as warm). A colour temperature of approximately 4000-4200K is classified as neutral and a colour temperature higher than 5300K is classified as cool.

The LED manufacturing process and the phosphorus application are very delicate and subject to mistakes. For this reason, manufacturers have decided to divide the chromatic areas of the various batches in different sectors (called bins) defined on the CIE chromaticity diagram. In this way, instead of changing the production systems for each different type of LEDs, it is possible to define the colour homogeneity area and classify each production batch after production.

10000K - clear, cloudless, blue sky

8500K - sky with haze

7000K - cloudy, overcast sky

5500K - full sunlight at noon

3600K - 1 hour before sunrise/after sunset3500K - light at the end of the day

3100K - sunrise/sunset

2900K - 100W incandescent lamp (Tg)

2650K - 40W incandescent lamp (Tg) 1900K - candlelight

Colour temperature

Page 461: Martini - Outdoor 2015

460

0,27 0,29 0,31 0,33 0,35 0,37 0,39 0,41 0,43 0,45 0,47 0,49

0,27

0,29

0,31

0,33

0,35

0,37

0,39

0,41

0,43

0,45

0,47

CoolWhite

NeutralWhite

WarmWhite

The CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a two-dimensional diagram that represents all the existing colours. It is based on the assumption that any colour can be obtained from mixing the three primary colours and therefore 3 coordinates are sufficient to define a colour. However, the diagram is developed on a Cartesian diagram, in which only two colour coordinates are defined, the third coordinate being the value that must be added to the sum of the first two coordinates to reach the value 1. Pure colours, i.e. the colours generated by radiations composed of only one wavelength, are found on the triangle perimeter. This diagram shows the Planck curve, i.e. the set of colour points assumed by the black body.

The Mac Adam ellipses are areas of the CIE chromaticity diagram that group the pairs of chromatic coordinates relative to colours that are normally perceived as identical or similar by the human eye, according to Mac Adam's experiment. The binning methodology established by the ANSI (American National Standard Institute) implements the investigations made by Mac Adam in 1942, suggesting a binning method based on stricter tolerance values.

The white LED binning groups are defined by 3 macrocategories that are distributed across the black body line and group them according to the correlated colour temperature scale: Cool White, Neutral White and Warm White. These categories are divided into smaller groups, which vary from manufacturer to manufacturer and combine in the same group LEDs with similar chromatic emission, in which the difference, if any, is hardly distinguished by the human eye.

CIE 1931chromaticity diagram

Mac Adam ellipsesand ANSI Binning

White LED binning

LED TECHNOLOGY

Page 462: Martini - Outdoor 2015

461

The colour rendering index (CRI) is a qualitative evaluation of the chromatic aspect of the illuminated objects and must not be confused with the colour temperature: two light sources with the same colour temperature can have a different CRI. This parameter indicates the capability of a light source to keep the colour of an illuminated object unchanged. The CIE affirms that the sample sources must have chromatic coordinates (colour temperature) similar to the unknown sources.

Then, 8 colour samples chosen according to the CIE standard from the Munsell atlas, which are all characterized by low saturation and a luminance value of 6, are illuminated.

Moreover, other 6 reference colour samples can be used. Unfortunately, in spite of being the most used method updated with new larger reference spaces, the CRI system gives a reduced interpretation of the chromatic variation, it being an average value.

The technological solutions that are used today to produce LEDs have reached a chromatic rendering index much higher than 90 and can be compared with the best performing traditional lamps. The chromatic rendering index is normally higher with a warmer colour temperature because of the phosphorus deposited on the LEDs. However, this impairs the efficiency, which is lower than the neutral and cool temperature. What changes in the other colour temperatures is the phosphorus layer deposited on the LEDs: they are more efficient, but have a lower chromatic rendering index.

The six additional colours, from 9 to 14, have been selected by the CIE

Colour rendering index

CRI General (No. 1-8)

CRI Special (No. 9-15)

No. 1

No. 9

No. 2

No. 10

No. 3

No. 11

No. 4

No. 12

No. 5

No. 13

No. 6

No. 14

No. 7

No. 15

No. 8

Page 463: Martini - Outdoor 2015

462

168 169

scalati 10%

6886

 230V / 50HzIP65

68 86

ROOF IP65

www.martinilight.com/roof-ip65-outdoor

Corpo

Apparecchio in fusione di alluminio e schermo diffusore interno in vetro temperato, con finitura satinata, vano posteriore in materiale plastico e viti in acciaio inox.

Sorgenti

Lampada fluorescente TC-D, potenza 18W e 26W.

Emissioni

Emissione asimmetrica.

Alimentazioni

Alimentazione elettromagnetica integrata all’interno dell’apparecchio.

Accessori

Cassaforma obbligatoria in metallo.

Colori

Completare il codice inserendo negli appositi spazi _ _ il numero corrispondente al colore scelto.

GrigioGrigio antracite

incasso a parete

246×H246×55 kg1,80visibile 246×H246×15

Sorgente Potenza Attacco Codice

FL TC-D 18W G24d-2 38914._ _

26W G24d-3 38915._ _

Roof IP65

Accessori

Cassaforma obbligatoria250×75×H272cod. 38918.00

Identificativo colore da aggiungere al codice

CATALOGUE GUIDE

Fixture nameCategory

Picture of the product

Product features

QR code (Link to web content)

Link to web content

Dimensions (mm) and weight* (kg)

Classification

Colour codes

Accessories

Diagram

Light source

Product code

Measures are expressed in millimeters unless otherwise specified.

* Weight of unit including packaging. The weight is listed in a table if the product's weights differ based on the characteristics given in the table.

Additional contentavailable on websitewww.martinilight.com

Drawings and measurements2D and 3D DWG drawingsInstruction sheetTechnical description Photometrics

Martini SpA pursues a policy of constant product research and development. As a result, the company reserves the right to remove products from the catalogue or to modify any parts, details or finishes as deemed necessary for improving the technical performance or aesthetics of a product, or for construction-related or commercial requirements. Said changes may be effected at any time and without prior notice. The layouts and colours shown in the pictures are purely indicative.

Page 464: Martini - Outdoor 2015

11

463

68

8679

89

321100

38

Light sources

Example of how code is composed

Example of how code is composed for LED sources in different versions

Colour codes

Light source Wattage Mount Code

FL T5 28W G5 XXXXX._ _

Light source

Light source Versions of LED sources available

Code root

Code root

Colour code

Colour code

Fixtures in the catalogue are supplied without lamps unless otherwise stated.

Complete the code by inserting the number corresponding to the color chosen in the spaces provided _ _;

Complete the code by inserting the number corresponding to the color chosen in the spaces provided _ _; at the end of the code choose the letters for the version of the LED source from those available.

StandardSatin-finish whiteTextured greyExtra-light greyGreyCorten finishAnthracite greyGraphite grey

Light source Wattage Beam Code

LED 14W 100° XXXXX._ _ HD / NW / WW / WP

INC Incandescent lampsAL Halogen lampsFL Fluorescent lampsMH Metal halide lampsSHP High-pressure sodium lampsSHP-E High-pressure ellipsoidal sodium lampsLED Light Emitting Diode

Page 465: Martini - Outdoor 2015

464

-m

SYMBOLS USED

Fixture classification in accordance with electrical insulation class.

Classification

Fixture classification in accordance with the flammability class of the support surfaces.

Class IWith functional electrical insulation and connected to the electrical system's earth circuit.

Class IIWith double insulation and/or reinforced insulation that does not require earthing.

Class IIIDesigned for connection to low-voltage power supply circuits.

The fixture can be installed on normally inflammable surfaces.

The fixture is suitable for installation in furniture.

IP protection ratingFirst digit

The degree of protection against the penetration of solids indicates:

2_ Fixture capable of withstanding the penetration of solids with a diameter exceeding 12mm

3_ Fixture capable of withstanding the penetration of solids with a diameter exceeding 2.5mm

4_ Fixture capable of withstanding the penetration of solids with a diameter exceeding 1mm

5_ Fixture protected against dust

6_ Fixture completely protected against dust

IP protection ratingSecond digit

The degree of protection against the penetration of liquids indicates:

_0 Not protected

_1 Fixture protected against dripping liquids

_3 Fixture protected against rain

_4 Fixture protected against splashing liquids

_5 Fixture protected against water jets

_6 Fixture protected against pressurised water jets

_7 Fixture watertight when immersed

_8 Fixture watertight when submerged

for example: IP65

IK impact resistance ratingImpact resistance rating

The impact resistance rating indicates:

IK00 not protectedIK01 Protected against impacts

with 0.15 J energyIK02 Protected against impacts

with 0.2 J energyIK03 Protected against impacts

with 0.35 J energyIK04 Protected against impacts

with 0.5 J energyIK05 Protected against impacts

with 0.7 J energyIK06 Protected against impacts

with 1 J energyIK07 Protected against impacts

with 2 J energyIK08 Protected against impacts

with 5 J energyIK09 Protected against impacts

with 10 J energyIK10 Protected against impacts

with 20 J energy

The lighting fixture's protection rating is indicated by the prefix IP (International Protection) followed by two significant figures, the first of which identifies the degree of protection against the penetration of solids and the second against the penetration of liquids (ref: EN 60529).

The prefix IK indicates the fixture's degree of resistance to mechanical impacts in accordance with the EN 50102 standard.

NOTE: IP68 fixture only suitable for installation where continuous immersion is an accidental condition and does not exceed a depth of 1.3m.

Page 466: Martini - Outdoor 2015

465

0,082 m2 5000kg

Minimum distance 0.5 metres

RGB

Minimum distance 0.8 metres

Round recess hole size (mm)

Integrated electronic control gear

Pre-ignitionwith supportlamp

Fixture complies with UNI 10819 standard "Light and lighting - outdoor lighting systems - requirements for limiting skyward dispersion of luminous flux"

Dimmable incorporated electronic ballast

Wall-mountedwith indirectemission

Integrated electromagnetic control gear

1-hour conti-nuous emergency operation

Ceiling-mounted

Max. surface area exposed to the wind (m²)

Static load

Square recesshole size (mm)

Linearplasterboard cut

D.A.L.I. dimmer

Wall-mountedwith directemission

Specific symbols used

Emission characteristics

Wallwasheroptic(WW)

Asymmetricaloptic

Indirectlight

Direct/indirectlight

Direct/indirectlight

Direct/indirectlight

Generallight

Super-spotoptic(SS)

Spotoptic(S)

Mediumoptic(M)

Floodoptic(F)

Wide floodoptic(WF)

Ellipticaloptic(E)

Asymmetricaloptic

Symmetricaloptic

Roto-symmetricaloptic

Streetoptic

Sidewalkoptic

Page 467: Martini - Outdoor 2015

466

Page 468: Martini - Outdoor 2015

467

Page 469: Martini - Outdoor 2015

468

The luminaires are designed in accordance with ISO EN 9001-2008 quality procedures, and constructed in conformity to the European EN 60598-1 standards.CE-marked products satisfy all applicable European directives and guarantee that the product can be sold freely in all countries belonging to the European Economic Area.

Production technologies and the environment

MARTINI designs, develops, engineers and manufactures all products in the catalogue in its own offices and plants, with special care and attentiveness towards the environment coupled with sensible, logical behaviour and investments. The products are manufactured in the production plant located in the province of Modena, thereby enabling us to optimise procurement of materials and production processes. Raw material purchases are grouped and scheduled so as to optimise and reduce road transport. Our coating plants implement water-based paint that ensures a 90% reduction in the use of solvents, for guaranteeing a healthier environment. The entire production cycle that leads to the finished product takes place in-house, thereby reducing the need for road transport as opposed to the use of multiple external suppliers.

Our awareness has lead us to join GBC Italia (Green Building Council Italy), where we share common goals regarding responsible and sustainable architecture and receive important inputs from shared experiences. Because improvement is always attainable. Moreover, we believe that in order to promote a sustainable building culture based on energy-efficient buildings with limited environmental impact, we not only need highly performing luminaires but also low-impact production processes that safeguard the environment. Consequently, this helps to promote awareness to design in a broad sense that involves the entire production cycle of the luminaire – from the initial idea to the luminaire's conversion to recycled material, or its decommissioning.

STANDARDS AND CERTIFICATIONS

Green BuildingCouncil Italia Certificate

Page 470: Martini - Outdoor 2015

469

Page 471: Martini - Outdoor 2015

470

→ 16 Hilton Molino Stucky, Venice, Italy ©Fotostudio Immagini→ 20, 39, 42, 47, 49, 50 Massimiliano e Doriana Fuksas, Public Service Hall, Tbilisi, Georgia ©Moreno Maggi→ 24 Nur Tobe Residential Centre, Almaty, Kazakistan→ 27, 30, 35 Architects of Invention, Hall of Justice, Lazika, Georgia→ 58 Candela Light Project, Hermitage Pavilion, Pushkin, Saint Petersburg, Russia ©Candela→ 64 Novi Sad Park, Modena, Italy ©Fotostudio Immagini→ 68 Rosstroyinvest Office, Saint Petersburg, Russia → 72 Private House, Saint Petersburg, Russia→ 76, 79 Alfio Barabani Architects, Civitella dei Conti, Castel San Venanzo, Terni, Italy ©Pietro Savorelli→ 80 Arts Square, Saint Petersburg, Russia→ 85 Torre della Vergine, Baku, Azerbaigian ©Farid Heyrullin→ 86 Bolshoi Theatre, Moscow, Russia ©Ilya Melikhov→ 93 Bega Hotel, Moscow, Russia→ 94 Svetoservis Light Project, Novi Arbat Street, Moscow, Russia ©Ilya Melikhov→ 98 Studio di Architettura Bordi Rossi Zarotti, Barilla Factory, Parma, Italy ©Maria Teresa Furnari→ 103, 104, 109 Architects of Invention, Hall of Justice, Lazika, Georgia → 110, 114, 119 Archea Associati, Residenza Forte Carlo Felice, La Maddalena, Sassari, Italy ©Pietro Savorelli→ 122 Archea Associati, Antinori Winery, San Casciano Val di Pesa, Florence, Italy ©Pietro Savorelli→ 126, 131 Archea Associati, Installation in Statale for Interni Fuori Salone 2014, Milan, Italy ©Architettura Sonora→ 135, 136 Archea Associati, Salaroli Showroom, Bologna, Italy ©Pietro Savorelli→ 142 Isolarchitetti, San Donato Shopping Mall, Florence, Italy ©Maria Teresa Furnari→ 145 Peia Associati, Mediateca Orsoline, Fidenza, Italy→ 146, 149 Private Bank, Modena, Italy ©Fotostudio Immagini→ 150, 155, 156 Archea Associati, Residenza Forte Carlo Felice, La Maddalena, Sassari, Italy ©Pietro Savorelli→ 160 Azimut Hotel, Moscow, Russia→ 166, 169 And Studio, Private Villa, Bientina, Empoli, Italy ©Pietro Savorelli→ 172 Archea Associati, CDD Disability Day Center, Seregno, Milan, Italy ©Pietro Savorelli→ 178, 181 Marco Borgogni, Quercegrossa Church, Siena, Italy ©Pietro Savorelli→ 182 Private House, Kiev, Ucraina→ 186, 189 B+B Associati, Shüco Headquarters, Padua, Italy ©Daniele Domenicali→ 190, 193 And Studio, Private villa, Bientina, Empoli, Italy ©Pietro Savorelli→ 194 Peia Associati, Cultural Center Ikeda for Peace, Milan, Italy ©Beppe Raso→ 199 Magi Style - Prolight Light project, Hall of Justice, Kutaisi, Georgia→ 203 Domaine Biblia Chora, Kokkinochori Kavala, Greece→ 204 Private offices, Modena, Italy ©Fotostudio Immagini→ 208 Private villa, Modena, Italy ©Fotostudio Immagini→ 212 Antonio Barbieri, Private Villa, Roccamare, Grosseto, Italy ©Pietro Savorelli→ 215 Photo set, Baluardo San Colombano, Lucca, Italy ©Pietro Savorelli→ 219 Peia Associati, Cultural Center Ikeda for Peace, Milan, Italy ©Beppe Raso→ 224 Sveto Dizajn Proekt, Krymskaia Naberezhnaia, Moscow, Russia ©Ilya Melikhov→ 228, 233 Private house, Saint Petersburg, Russia→ 234, 237 Nemogruppo, Showroom F.lli Gamba, Pesaro, Italy ©Pietro Savorelli

→ 238, 241 Evgheniy Gerasimov & Partners, Stella Maris Housing, Saint Petersburg, Russia → 242, 245 C+S Associati, 1.14 The Kite Fontaniva School Center, Padova, Italy ©Pietro Savorelli→ 246 Archea Associati, Firenze Nova housing building, Florence, Italy ©Pietro Savorelli→ 250, 254 Archea Associati, Ex Teatro Lazzeri Bookshop, Livorno, Italy ©Pietro Savorelli→ 257 Archea Associati, Private Villa, Genoa, Italy ©Pietro Savorelli→ 260, 265 Bruno Minardi, Castello Malatestiano, Gatteo a Mare, Forlì, Italy→ 266 Candela Light Project, Polytechnical University, Saint Petersburg, Russia → 270, 273 Private Villa, Doha, Qatar→ 274, 277, 278 Studio Osko House, Private House, Porto Heli, Greece ©Studio Osko House→ 282, 286 Monica Alejandra Mellace, Residential Complex, Chiar di Luna, Polignano a Mare, Bari, Italy ©Pietro Savorelli→ 288 Bridge on Adda River, Castiglione d'Adda, Lodi, Italy ©Beboservice→ 292 Marco Gandini, D4 Headquarters, Mirandola, Modena, Italy ©Fotostudio Immagini→ 396 Archea Associati, Firenze Nova Housing building, Florence, Italy ©Pietro Savorelli→ 300, 306, Archea Associati, Municipality Building, Merate, Lecco Italy ©Pietro Savorelli→ 314, 318, 322 Ufficio Tecnico Istituto Gaetano Pini, Pini Hospital, Milan, Italy ©Maria Teresa Furnari→ 330, 336 Chapman Taylor, Le Bolle Shopping Center, Eboli, Salerno, Italy ©Chapman Taylor→ 340, 344, 348, 350 Imbonati district, Milan, Italy ©Maria Teresa Furnari→ 356, 360 Archea Associati, Residenza Forte Carlo Felice, La Maddalena, Sassari, Italy ©Pietro Savorelli→ 362, 370, 373, 374 Archea Associati, Perfetti Van Melle Headquarters, Lainate, Milan, Italy ©Pietro Savorelli→ 376, 383, Novi Sad Park, Modena, Italy ©Fotostudio Immagini→ 386, 392 Mauro Saito, Piazza sul Mare, Torre Canne, Brindisi, Italy ©Mauro Saito→ 396 Imbonati district, Milan, Italy ©Maria Teresa Furnari→ 402 Archea Associati, The Cord, Entrance to the 50th Venice Biennale of Visual Arts, Italy ©Pietro Savorelli→ 411, 412 Mirandola Shopping Center, Modena, Italy ©Fotostudio Immagini→ 415 Studio Facchini, Interport, Trento, Italy→ 416 Gruppo Sicura, Vicenza, Italy→ 420, 424, 427, 428 Porta Nuova district, Milan, Italy ©Maria Teresa Furnari→ 430 "Piccola Venezia" Park, Baku, Azerbaijan→ 442, 444, 445, 466, 469 Porta Nuova district, Milan, Italy ©Pietro Savorelli→ 453, 454 Trapezio Park, Milan, Italy ©Pietro Savorelli

PHOTO REFERENCES

Page 472: Martini - Outdoor 2015

MARTINI S.p.A.

Via Provinciale, 24 41033 Concordia s/S ModenaItalyTel. +39 0535 48111Fax. +39 0535 [email protected]

SHOWROOM & LIGHTING MILAN DEPARTMENT

Martini Showroom MilanoForo Buonaparte, 60 20121 MilanoItalyTel. +39 02 801271Fax. +39 02 80581151

Editorial supervisionMartini Light

Art DirectionArchea Associati

Graphic design / Page layoutArchea Associati

Still Life PhotosFotostudio Immagini

PhotolitographyArt & Pixel

Printer Tecnostampa

www.martinilight.com

Page 473: Martini - Outdoor 2015

Printed March 2015

MARTINI SpA © - 2015

Page 474: Martini - Outdoor 2015

MARTINI S.p.A. Via Provinciale, 24 - 41033 Concordia s/S, Modena, Italy

Tel. +39 0535 48111 - Fax +39 0535 48221 - [email protected] 99

0084

7 E

N